WO2015190552A1 - Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin - Google Patents

Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015190552A1
WO2015190552A1 PCT/JP2015/066854 JP2015066854W WO2015190552A1 WO 2015190552 A1 WO2015190552 A1 WO 2015190552A1 JP 2015066854 W JP2015066854 W JP 2015066854W WO 2015190552 A1 WO2015190552 A1 WO 2015190552A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin composition
acrylate
curable resin
meth
ultraviolet curable
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/066854
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
貴文 水口
英照 亀谷
隼 本橋
真之 飯塚
Original Assignee
日本化薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日本化薬株式会社 filed Critical 日本化薬株式会社
Priority to KR1020167034659A priority Critical patent/KR20170017914A/en
Priority to CN201580030877.8A priority patent/CN106459675B/en
Priority to JP2016527856A priority patent/JP6778106B2/en
Publication of WO2015190552A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015190552A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J175/00Adhesives based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J175/04Polyurethanes
    • C09J175/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J175/16Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds having terminal carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/08Macromolecular additives
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an ultraviolet curable resin composition for bonding at least two optical substrates and a method for producing an optical member using the same.
  • a touch panel In recent years, display devices that allow screen input by attaching a touch panel to a display screen of a display device such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, or an organic EL display have been widely used.
  • a glass plate or a resin film on which a transparent electrode is formed is bonded with a slight gap facing each other. If necessary, a transparent protection made of glass or resin is provided on the touch surface. It has a structure in which plates are bonded together.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes the use of isobornyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and the like.
  • these photopolymerizable monomers have high volatility, and under vacuum in the touch panel manufacturing process, as time elapses during use, the component ratio is changed as these compounds volatilize, and there is a certain amount. There was a problem that physical properties were not secured.
  • Patent Document 2 describes that lauryl (meth) acrylate is used as a long-chain (meth) acrylate in an ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel.
  • long-chain (meth) acrylates that do not have such a branched chain cannot exhibit sufficient compatibility when used in combination with a photopolymerizable oligomer or a softening component, and are insoluble when left for a long time. There is a possibility that components may be deposited, and it is difficult to reduce the viscosity of the resin composition.
  • the present invention provides a touch panel with good productivity, low volatility, low dielectric constant, an optical member such as a display unit having good curability and adhesion, and excellent workability and storage stability.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an ultraviolet curable resin composition.
  • a resin composition used for laminating at least two optical substrates which is a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, a softening component (
  • a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched C10-C30 fatty chain is represented by the following formula (10)
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens as described in (1).
  • the photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is selected from the group consisting of urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, polybutadiene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton.
  • the photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is a urethane (meth) acrylate having at least one skeleton selected from the group consisting of polypropylene / polybutadiene / hydrogenated polybutadiene / polyisoprene / hydrogenated polyisoprene.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel as described in (3) which is characterized by the following.
  • a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A) is included, and the component (D) is represented by the following formula (1).
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of (1) to (4), which is represented by: (6) The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel as described in (5), wherein the formula (1) is 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.
  • the softening component (B) contains any one or both of a hydroxyl group-containing polymer and a liquid terpene resin, as described in any one of (1) to (6) UV curable resin composition for touch panels.
  • the touch panel according to any one of (1) to (7) comprising 1 to 30% by weight of a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and a C10 to C30 fatty chain.
  • UV curable resin composition (9) The composition according to any one of (1) to (7), further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A), wherein the component (D) contains a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens of description.
  • the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms having a branched chain contains isostearyl acrylate as described in any one of (1) to (9) UV curable resin composition for touch panels.
  • Step 1 Applying the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of (1) to (11) to at least one optical substrate to form a coating layer, Step of obtaining an optical substrate having a cured product layer by irradiating the layer with ultraviolet rays (Step 2)
  • the other optical substrate is bonded to the cured product layer of the optical substrate obtained in Step 1, Or the process (12) which bonds the hardened
  • cured material layer obtained by the said process 1 exists in the optical base material side, and the optical base material side And the uncured part existing on the opposite side.
  • Step 3 A step of irradiating the cured product layer having an uncured portion in the bonded optical substrate with ultraviolet rays to cure the cured product layer.
  • the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 30 or less, assuming that the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm is 100.
  • the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm is set to 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition in the step 1.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention is demonstrated.
  • the phrase “can be added to an ultraviolet curable resin composition used for optics” means that an additive that lowers the transparency of the cured product to an extent that it cannot be used for optics is not included.
  • (meth) acrylate means either one or both of methacrylate and acrylate. The same applies to “(meth) acrylic acid” and the like.
  • “Acrylate” represents only acrylate and excludes methacrylate.
  • a cured sheet having a thickness after curing of 200 ⁇ m is prepared with the ultraviolet curable resin composition used in the present invention, a preferable average transmittance of the sheet with light having a wavelength of 400 to 800 nm is: At least 90%.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention is a resin composition used for laminating at least two optical substrates, and is a monofunctional (meta-meta) having a branched chain C10-30 fatty chain. ) Acrylate (A) is contained. The number of carbon atoms is more preferably 16-25.
  • Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate that can be used as the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched C10-C30 fatty chain include, for example, isolauryl (meth) acrylate and isostearyl (meth) acrylate. , Isocetyl (meth) acrylate, isobehenyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available products include isostearyl acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd .; light acrylate IS-A manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • a (meth) acrylate having a long-chain fatty chain having a branched chain it functions as a mediator that enhances compatibility with the softening component (B) or the polymerizable oligomer (C).
  • B softening component
  • C polymerizable oligomer
  • it it is possible to effectively prevent the insoluble component from being deposited even after being left for a long time.
  • the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a fatty chain having 10 to 30 carbon atoms and having a branched chain contained in the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention is represented by the following formula (10):
  • R represents H or CH 3
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 10 to 25.
  • the carbon number of R 2 is more preferably 15-20.
  • isostearyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable from the viewpoints of low volatility, reactivity, and flexibility.
  • two or more types of monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and having a C10-30 fatty chain may be used.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention includes the above-described monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and a monofunctional (meth) acrylate having a fatty chain having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (non-branched carbon). It is preferable to use a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (F) having a fatty chain of several 8 to 30 in combination. As the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (F) having a linear fatty chain having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, the following formula (11) can be used.
  • R represents H or CH 3
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 10 to 25.
  • R represents H or CH 3
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 10 to 25.
  • R represents H or CH 3
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 10 to 25.
  • the alkyl groups of R 2 to R 3 in the above formula (10) and / or the above formula (11) are used.
  • the number is MR
  • a resin composition containing both compounds such that MR / (MC + MB) (hereinafter referred to as a special ratio) is 5.5 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. preferable.
  • the resin composition contains both compounds having the low volatility / whitening resistance acrylate and the special ratio of 5.5 or less. It is preferably 5 or less.
  • the content of the component (A) in the composition is usually about 1 to 90% by weight, preferably about 1 to 80% by weight.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 40% by weight or less, and more preferably 1 to 30% by weight or less.
  • the content of the component (A) is preferably equal to or higher than the content of the component (F).
  • the component (A) :( F) is preferably 9.9: 0.1 to 0.1: 9.9 by weight ratio in the resin composition, and preferably 9: 1 to 3: 7. Is more preferably 9: 1 to 5: 5, and particularly preferably 9: 1 to 6: 4.
  • a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group as a photopolymerizable monomer (D) described later used in combination with the component (A).
  • a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group one obtained by removing a photopolymerizable monomer having a hydroxyl group from a photopolymerizable monomer (D) described later can be used.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention contains a softening component (B).
  • the softening component (B) is not cross-linked by ultraviolet rays, and exists between the photopolymerizable oligomers or photopolymerizable monomers, thereby providing flexibility and reducing the shrinkage rate. Have. Moreover, it also has a function of improving adhesion by, for example, imparting stickiness.
  • a softening component (B) a polymer, oligomer, phthalate ester, phosphate ester, glycol ester, citrate ester, aliphatic dibasic acid ester compatible with the composition
  • examples include fatty acid esters, epoxy plasticizers, castor oils, terpene resins, hydrogenated terpene resins, and liquid terpenes.
  • oligomer and polymer examples include polyisoprene skeleton, hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, polybutadiene skeleton, oligomer or polymer having hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton or xylene skeleton and esterified product thereof, adipic acid ester oligomer, polybutene, and the like. be able to. From the viewpoint of transparency, hydrogenated terpene resins, hydrogenated polyisoprene, hydrogenated polybutadiene, polybutene, and liquid terpenes are preferable.
  • hydrogenated terpene resins containing hydroxyl groups at the ends or side chains hydrogenated polyisoprenes containing hydroxyl groups at the ends or side chains, hydroxyl groups terminated
  • hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as hydrogenated polybutadiene contained in the side chain, and liquid terpene resins are particularly preferable.
  • the weight ratio of the softening component in the ultraviolet curable resin composition is such that the softening component (B) can be used in a solid or liquid state, and the softening component is usually 5 to 70% by weight, preferably 10 to 10%. 60% by weight.
  • the solid softening component is usually 5 to 40% by weight, preferably 10 to 35% by weight.
  • the liquid softening component is usually 10 to 70% by weight, preferably 20 to 60% by weight.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable oligomer (C).
  • a photopolymerizable oligomer (C) in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention,
  • skeleton It is preferable to use one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylates having a polybutadiene skeleton.
  • urethane (meth) acrylate is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesive strength, and has at least one skeleton selected from the group consisting of polybutadiene / hydrogenated polybutadiene / polyisoprene / hydrogenated polyisoprene from the viewpoint of moisture resistance. Urethane (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the urethane (meth) acrylate is obtained by reacting polyhydric alcohol, polyisocyanate and hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate.
  • polyhydric alcohol examples include polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, polyisoprene glycol, hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4 A cyclic skeleton such as butanediol, alkylene glycol having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1,6-hexanediol, triol such as trimethylolpropane and pentaerythritol, tricyclodecane dimethylol, bis- [hydroxymethyl] -cyclohexane, etc.
  • polycarbonate polyol for example, polycarbonate diol obtained by reaction of 1,6-hexanediol and diphenyl carbonate, etc.
  • polyether polyol for example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, ethylene oxide-modified bisphenol A, etc.
  • the polyhydric alcohol is preferably propylene glycol, polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, polyisoprene glycol, or hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, and weight average molecular weight from the viewpoint of transparency and flexibility.
  • Hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol is preferred from the viewpoints of discoloration such as heat-resistant coloring and compatibility.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight at this time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10,000 or less, and more preferably 5000 or less. Moreover, you may use together 2 or more types of polyhydric alcohol as needed.
  • organic polyisocyanate examples include isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, and dicyclopentanyl isocyanate.
  • isophorone diisocyanate is preferable from the viewpoint of toughness.
  • hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylates include hydroxy C2-C4 alkyl (meth) acrylates such as hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylol cyclohexyl mono ( A (meth) acrylate, a hydroxycaprolactone (meth) acrylate, a hydroxyl group terminal polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate, etc. can be used.
  • hydroxy C2-C4 alkyl (meth) acrylates such as hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylol cyclohexyl mono ( A (meth) acrylate, a hydroxycaprolactone (meth) acrylate, a hydroxyl group terminal polyalkylene glycol (meth) acryl
  • the reaction for obtaining the urethane (meth) acrylate is performed, for example, as follows. That is, the polyhydric alcohol is mixed with an organic polyisocyanate per equivalent of the hydroxyl group so that the isocyanate group is preferably 1.1 to 2.0 equivalent, more preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalent. Is preferably reacted at 70 to 90 ° C. to synthesize a urethane oligomer. Next, the hydroxy (meth) acrylate compound is mixed so that the hydroxyl group is preferably 1 to 1.5 equivalents per equivalent of the isocyanate group of the urethane oligomer, and reacted at 70 to 90 ° C. to react with the target urethane (meth). ) Acrylate can be obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the urethane (meth) acrylate is preferably about 7,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 60,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7000, shrinkage increases, and when the weight average molecular weight is greater than 100,000, curability is poor.
  • urethane (meth) acrylates can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the weight ratio of urethane (meth) acrylate in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight.
  • the (meth) acrylate having the polyisoprene skeleton has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal or side chain of the polyisoprene molecule.
  • (Meth) acrylates having a polyisoprene skeleton are available as UC-203, UC102, and UC-1 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.).
  • the (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably about 25,000 to 45,000.
  • the weight ratio of the (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable monomer (D).
  • a photopolymerizable monomer (D) a (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule can be preferably used.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (D) excludes (meth) acrylate having urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene or hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, (meth) acrylate having polybutadiene or hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton ( (Meth) acrylate is shown.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 , and n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • the monofunctional acrylate represented by these can be used conveniently.
  • the composition ratio of the ultraviolet curable resin composition is preferably 1 to 20% by weight of the monofunctional acrylate represented by the above formula (1), 5 to 90% by weight of the photopolymerizable oligomer (C),
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than (1) is 5 to 90% by weight
  • the photopolymerization initiator (E) is 0.1 to 5% by weight
  • the other components are the balance.
  • Examples of the monofunctional acrylate (A) represented by the formula (1) in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • An acrylate etc. are mentioned, You may use 2 or more types together as needed.
  • R 1 when n is 2 or less (particularly when n is 1 or less), R 1 is preferably a methyl group. When n is 3 or more, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a total carbon number of 2 or more is preferable because a resin composition with low volatility and low cloudiness can be obtained.
  • n an integer of 2 to 4.
  • the monofunctional acrylate represented by these is preferable.
  • Examples of the monofunctional acrylate represented by the formula (2) include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. Furthermore, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of low volatility. When a methacrylate resin is used, the curing rate tends to be slow, and when the resin composition is actually used, it takes time to cure, which is not preferable.
  • the MOH / (MC + MB) is preferably 0.3 or less, particularly preferably 0.28 or less, and particularly preferably 0.25 or less.
  • the monofunctional acrylate represented by the formula (1) that satisfies the condition is referred to as a low volatility / whitening-resistant acrylate.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable monomer represented by the formula (1) is preferably 1 to 20% by weight, more preferably 2 to 10% by weight, and particularly preferably 5.5 to 8% by weight.
  • the content of the component of formula (1) is less than 1%, the whitening resistance is lowered.
  • the content is 20% by weight or more, bubbles may easily enter during bonding, or the compatibility with other components may deteriorate and the liquid may become cloudy.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition contains a hydroxyl group-containing methacrylate because some of the properties such as a decrease in the curing rate and whitening resistance are adversely affected.
  • the methacrylate having a hydroxyl group is contained, the content is preferably 10% by weight or less, particularly preferably 5% by weight or less.
  • Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule other than the photopolymerizable monomer represented by the formula (1) include isooctyl (meth) acrylate and isoamyl (meth) acrylate. , Lauryl (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate, isomyristyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (meth) acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylates benzyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, acryloylmorpholine, phenylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate Relate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, 1-adamantyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 1-adamantyl methacrylate, polypropylene oxide-modified nonylphenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate having a cyclic skeleton such as dicyclopentadieneoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and alkyl (
  • composition of the present invention can contain (a (meth) acrylate other than a (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule) as long as the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a (meth) acrylate other than a (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule for example, tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, dioxane glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A type di (meth) acrylate Trimethylol C2-C10 alkanes such as caprolactone-modified hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate and ethylene oxide-modified phosphoric acid di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri
  • these (meth) acrylate monomer components can be used alone or in admixture of two or more at any ratio.
  • the weight ratio of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the above formula (1) in the photocurable transparent resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight. When it is less than 5% by weight, the curability is poor, and when it is more than 90% by weight, shrinkage increases.
  • the ratio (weight ratio) of the component (1) to the component (10) is preferably in the range of 1: 2 to 1:25, particularly in the range of 1: 3 to 1:15. preferable.
  • epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as long as the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate has a function of improving curability and improving the hardness and curing speed of a cured product. Any epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as long as it is obtained by reacting a glycidyl ether type epoxy compound with (meth) acrylic acid, and preferably used epoxy (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound to be obtained include diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct, diglycidyl of hydrogenated bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct.
  • Diglycidyl ether ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether of ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct Neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, butanediol diglycidyl ether hexanediol diglycidyl ether to, cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, and polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate is obtained by reacting these glycidyl ether type epoxy compounds with (meth) acrylic acid under the following conditions.
  • (Meth) acrylic acid is reacted at a ratio of 0.9 to 1.5 mol, more preferably 0.95 to 1.1 mol, per 1 equivalent of epoxy group of the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is about 10 to 35 hours.
  • a catalyst such as triphenylphosphine, TAP, triethanolamine, or tetraethylammonium chloride.
  • paramethoxyphenol, methylhydroquinone or the like can be used as a polymerization inhibitor.
  • An epoxy (meth) acrylate that can be suitably used in the present invention is a bisphenol A type epoxy (meth) acrylate obtained from a bisphenol A type epoxy compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy (meth) acrylate is preferably 500 to 10,000.
  • the weight ratio of the epoxy (meth) acrylate in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is usually 1 to 80% by weight, preferably 5 to 30% by weight.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (E) contained in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenylethoxyphosphine.
  • Fin oxide bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone ( Irgacure 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanol oligomer (Esacure ONE; manufactured by Lamberti), 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl ] -2-Hydroxy-2-methyl -1-propan-1-one (Irgacure 2959; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] -phenyl ⁇ -2-methyl -Propan-1-one (Irgacure 127; manufactured by BASF), 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phen
  • the molar extinction coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm measured in acetonitrile or methanol is 300 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more, and the molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm is 100 ml. It is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that is not more than / (g ⁇ cm). By using such a photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in adhesive strength.
  • the molar extinction coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm is 300 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more, curing at the time of curing in the following step 3 is sufficient.
  • photopolymerization initiator (E) examples include 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (Irgacure 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (Darocur 1173).
  • these photopolymerization initiators (E) can be used alone or in admixture of two or more at any ratio.
  • the weight ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (E) in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.2 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.3 to 3% by weight. When it is more than 5% by weight, when obtaining a cured product layer having a cured part and an uncured part on the side opposite to the optical substrate side, the uncured part cannot be formed or the transparency of the resin cured product layer is low. There is a risk of getting worse.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention can contain additives, which will be described later, as other components.
  • amines that can serve as photopolymerization initiation assistants can be used in combination with the above photopolymerization initiator.
  • examples of amines that can be used include benzoic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, and p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester.
  • the photopolymerization initiation assistant such as amines
  • the content in the adhesive resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.005 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 3% by weight.
  • an antioxidant In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, an antioxidant, an organic solvent, a silane coupling agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a leveling agent, an antistatic agent, a surface lubricant, a fluorescent whitening agent, and a light stabilizer are optionally added. You may add additives, such as an agent (for example, hindered amine compound etc.) and a filler.
  • an agent for example, hindered amine compound etc.
  • antioxidants include, for example, BHT, 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine Pentaerythrityl tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3- (3-t -Butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, , N-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-di
  • organic solvent examples include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropyl alcohol, dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene, xylene and the like.
  • silane coupling agent examples include, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxy) (Cyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -mercapropropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2- (vinylbenzylamino) ethyl) 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, 3-methacryloxypropyltri
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include paramethoxyphenol and methylhydroquinone.
  • the light stabilizer include, for example, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl alcohol, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl alcohol, 1,2,2, 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl (meth) acrylate (LA-82, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), tetrakis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) -1,2,3 4-butanetetracarboxylate, tetrakis (2,2,6,6-totramethyl-4-piperidyl) -1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinol and 3,9-bis (2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] Unde Mixed ester with decanoic acid bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-
  • Step 1 By applying the ultraviolet curable resin composition to at least one optical substrate to form a coating layer, and irradiating the coating layer with ultraviolet rays, an optical group in the coating layer is formed.
  • Step 2 Another optical substrate is bonded to the uncured portion of the cured product layer of the optical substrate obtained in Step 1, or the other optical substrate obtained in Step 1 is cured. The process of bonding the uncured part of the material layer.
  • FIG. 1 is a process diagram showing a first embodiment of a production process of an optical member using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • This method is a method of obtaining an optical member by bonding the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the transparent substrate 2 together.
  • the liquid crystal display unit 1 is a liquid crystal display unit in which a liquid crystal material is sealed between a pair of substrates on which electrodes are formed, and a polarizing plate, a driving circuit, a signal input cable, and a backlight unit are provided.
  • the transparent substrate 2 is a transparent substrate such as a glass plate, a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) plate, a polycarbonate (PC) plate, an alicyclic polyolefin polymer (COP) plate, an acrylic resin, or polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the transparent substrate may be subjected to hard coat treatment or antireflection treatment on one side or both sides.
  • the transparent substrate 2 having a black frame-shaped light-shielding portion 4 on the surface of the transparent substrate can be preferably used, and the light-shielding portion 4 is formed by applying a tape, applying a paint, printing, or the like. In the present invention, the present invention can also be applied to a device that does not have the light shielding portion 4.
  • transparent substrate having a light-shielding portion can be read as “transparent substrate”, and can be considered as an example in which the light-shielding portion is not provided as it is.
  • the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
  • the film thickness of the cured product of each ultraviolet curable resin is adjusted so that the cured resin layer 7 after bonding has a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m, preferably 50 to 350 ⁇ m, and more preferably 100 to 350 ⁇ m.
  • the film thickness of the cured layer of the ultraviolet curable resin existing on the surface of the transparent substrate 2 having the light-shielding portion depends on the film thickness, the ultraviolet curable resin usually existing on the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 is used.
  • the thickness is equal to or thicker than the thickness of the cured product layer of the mold resin. This is to minimize the portion that remains uncured even after irradiation with ultraviolet rays in Step 3 described later, thereby eliminating the risk of curing failure.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition layer 5 after application is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8 and a cured portion (in the drawing, the liquid crystal display unit side or the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) is present (in the figure). Curing with uncured parts (not shown in the figure) present on the upper side of the coating layer (on the opposite side of the liquid crystal display unit side or on the opposite side of the transparent substrate side) (on the atmospheric side when performed in the atmosphere) A physical layer 6 is obtained.
  • the irradiation amount is preferably 5 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 , particularly preferably 10 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • uncured refers to a fluid state in a 25 ° C. environment.
  • the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation and a liquid component adheres to the finger, it is determined to have an uncured portion.
  • the (illuminance ratio) is preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less.
  • the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of maximum illuminance (illuminance ratio) at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the finally obtained optical member will be inferior. This is because if the illuminance at a low wavelength is high, the curing of the ultraviolet curable resin composition proceeds excessively at the time of curing in the step 1, and the contribution to the adhesion at the time of curing in the ultraviolet irradiation in the step 3 is reduced. This is thought to be due to this.
  • the method of irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to achieve the above illuminance ratio includes, for example, a method of applying a lamp that satisfies the illuminance ratio as a lamp that irradiates ultraviolet to near ultraviolet rays, Even if the above condition is not satisfied, such illuminance can be obtained by using a base material (for example, a short wave ultraviolet cut filter, a glass plate, a film, etc.) that cuts short wavelength ultraviolet rays at the time of irradiation in step 1. Irradiation at a ratio is possible. Although it does not specifically limit as a base material which adjusts the illumination intensity ratio of an ultraviolet-ray, For example, the glass plate, soda-lime glass, PET film etc.
  • irradiation with ultraviolet rays is usually carried out in the air at the upper surface on the coating side (on the opposite side of the liquid crystal display unit side or on the transparent substrate side as seen from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) (normal atmospheric surface) ). Further, ultraviolet irradiation may be performed while spraying a curing-inhibiting gas on the upper surface of the coating layer after evacuation.
  • the side opposite to the liquid crystal display unit side or the side opposite to the transparent substrate side is the atmosphere side.
  • ultraviolet rays may be irradiated in a vacuum environment or in a gas environment that does not cause hardening inhibition such as nitrogen.
  • step 3 when step 3 is omitted, curing can be suitably performed in a vacuum or while spraying a gas (for example, nitrogen) that promotes curing. Thereby, even if the step 3 is omitted, sufficient adhesion can be performed.
  • the state of the uncured portion and the film thickness of the uncured portion can be adjusted by spraying oxygen or ozone onto the surface of the ultraviolet curable resin layer (coating layer) during the ultraviolet irradiation. That is, when oxygen or ozone is sprayed on the surface of the coating layer, oxygen inhibition of curing of the ultraviolet curable resin composition occurs on the surface, so that the uncured portion of the surface can be ensured or the uncured portion
  • the film thickness can be increased.
  • the optical member of the present invention may be manufactured by the second modified embodiment described below. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted.
  • the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
  • the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. Particularly preferably, the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less.
  • the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the optical member finally obtained will be inferior.
  • a transparent substrate 2 having a liquid crystal display unit 1 and a light shielding portion in a form in which the uncured portion of the obtained cured product layer 6 and the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 face each other.
  • Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
  • FIG. 3 is a process diagram showing a third embodiment of a method for producing an optical member using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted. In addition, the same code
  • the ultraviolet curable composition was applied to the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1. Thereafter, the ultraviolet curable resin composition layer 5 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8, and the lower side 8 of the coating layer 8 and the cured portion present on the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition, and the upper side of the coating layer ( A cured product layer 6 having an uncured portion present on the side opposite to the transparent substrate side is obtained.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. The illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 10 or less. When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the finally obtained optical member will be inferior.
  • the liquid crystal display unit 1 is formed such that the uncured portion of the obtained cured product layer 6 and the surface on which the light shielding portion on the transparent substrate 2 having the light shielding portion is formed face each other. And a transparent substrate 2 having a light shielding portion are bonded together. Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
  • the optical member of the present invention may be manufactured by the following modified fourth embodiment. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted.
  • the fourth embodiment is described based on the second embodiment in which the step 3 is omitted, but the omission can be performed in the first to third embodiments.
  • the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
  • the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. Particularly preferably, the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less.
  • the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the optical member finally obtained will be inferior.
  • some of the embodiments of the method for producing an optical member of the present invention are described with one specific optical substrate.
  • the liquid crystal display unit and the transparent substrate having the light-shielding portion have been described, but in the manufacturing method of the present invention, various members described later can be used as an optical substrate instead of the liquid crystal display unit.
  • the various members mentioned later as an optical base material can be used.
  • an optical substrate such as a liquid crystal display unit and a transparent substrate
  • these various members are further bonded to another optical substrate layer (for example, a film bonded with a cured layer of an ultraviolet curable resin composition). Or what laminated
  • any method for adjusting the film thickness of the uncured portion by spraying nitrogen or ozone is not applied only to the above-described embodiment, but can be applied to any manufacturing method included in the present invention.
  • the optical base material is an optical base material
  • the optical base material bonded thereto is at least one display unit selected from the group consisting of a liquid crystal display unit, a plasma display unit, and an organic EL unit.
  • One optical base material is a protective base material having a light-shielding part, and another optical base material bonded to it is a touch panel or a display unit having a touch panel, and at least two optical base materials are bonded.
  • a mode in which the optical member is a touch panel having a protective base material having a light-shielding portion or a display unit having the same.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition is applied to either the surface of the protective base material having the light shielding portion, the touch surface of the touch panel, or both of them. It is preferable to apply.
  • One optical substrate is an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion, the other optical substrate bonded to it is a display unit, and an optical member having at least two optical substrates bonded thereto
  • the aspect which is a display body unit which has an optical base material which has a light-shielding part.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin is applied to either the surface of the optical substrate having the light shielding portion on the side where the light shielding portion is provided, the display surface of the display unit, or both of them. It is preferable to apply the composition.
  • the optical substrate having a light shielding part include a display screen protective plate having a light shielding part, or a touch panel provided with a protective substrate having a light shielding part.
  • the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is a protective plate for a display screen having the light-shielding portion
  • the surface of the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is provided on the side on which the light-shielding portion is provided. It is the surface on the side where the part is provided.
  • the optical substrate having the light shielding portion is a touch panel having a protective substrate having the light shielding portion
  • the surface having the light shielding portion of the protective substrate having the light shielding portion is bonded to the touch surface of the touch panel.
  • the surface of the optical substrate having the light shielding portion on the side where the light shielding portion is provided means the substrate surface of the touch panel opposite to the touch surface of the touch panel.
  • the light-shielding part of the optical base material having the light-shielding part may be at any position of the optical base material, but is usually created in a frame shape around the optical base material in the form of a transparent plate or sheet, and its width is The thickness is about 0.5 mm to 10 mm, preferably about 1 to 8 mm, and more preferably about 2 to 8 mm.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is produced by bonding at least two optical substrates by the above (Step 1) to (Step 2) and, if necessary, further (Step 3). Can be used in the way.
  • the curing shrinkage of the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 4.0% or less, and particularly preferably 3.0% or less.
  • the transmittance at 400 nm to 800 nm of the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 90% or more. This is because when the transmittance is less than 90%, it is difficult for light to pass therethrough and the visibility is lowered when used in a display device. Further, when the cured product has a high transmittance at 400 to 450 nm, the visibility can be further improved. Therefore, the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm is preferably 90% or more.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an adhesive for producing an optical member by laminating a plurality of optical substrates by the above (Step 1) to (Step 3).
  • the optical substrate used in the method for producing an optical member of the present invention include a transparent plate, a sheet, a touch panel, and a display unit.
  • the “optical substrate” means both an optical substrate having no light shielding part on the surface and an optical substrate having a light shielding part on the surface.
  • at least one of a plurality of optical base materials used is an optical base material having a light shielding portion. The position of the light shielding part in the optical substrate having the light shielding part is not particularly limited.
  • a band-shaped light shielding portion having a width of 0.05 to 20 mm, preferably about 0.05 to 10 mm, more preferably about 0.1 to 6 mm is formed in the peripheral portion of the optical substrate.
  • the light-shielding portion on the optical substrate can be formed by attaching a tape, applying a coating or printing.
  • Various materials can be used as the material of the optical substrate used in the present invention. Specifically, resins such as PET, PC, PMMA, a composite of PC and PMMA, glass, COC, COP, plastic (such as acrylic resin), and the like can be given.
  • an optical substrate used in the present invention for example, a transparent plate or sheet, a sheet or transparent plate obtained by laminating a plurality of films or sheets such as polarizing plates, a non-laminated sheet or transparent plate, and a transparent made from inorganic glass Plates (inorganic glass plates and processed products thereof, such as lenses, prisms, ITO glass) and the like can be used.
  • the optical substrate used in the present invention is a laminate composed of a plurality of functional plates or sheets (hereinafter referred to as “functional laminate”) such as a touch panel (touch panel input sensor) or the following display unit in addition to the polarizing plate described above. Also called “body”).
  • Examples of the sheet that can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include an icon sheet, a decorative sheet, and a protective sheet.
  • Examples of the plate (transparent plate) that can be used in the method for producing an optical member of the present invention include a decorative plate and a protective plate.
  • materials for these sheets or plates those listed as materials for transparent plates can be applied.
  • Examples of the material of the touch panel surface that can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include glass, PET, PC, PMMA, a composite of PC and PMMA, COC, and COP.
  • the thickness of a plate-like or sheet-like optical substrate such as a transparent plate or a sheet is not particularly limited, and is usually about 5 ⁇ m to 5 cm, preferably about 10 ⁇ m to 10 mm, more preferably about 50 ⁇ m to 3 mm. Is the thickness.
  • a plate-shaped or sheet-shaped transparent optical base material having a light-shielding portion and the functional laminate are cured products of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the optical member bonded together can be mentioned.
  • a display unit with an optical functional material by using a display unit such as a liquid crystal display device as one of optical substrates and an optical functional material as another optical substrate ( Hereinafter, it is also referred to as a display panel).
  • the display unit include display devices such as LCD, EL display, EL illumination, electronic paper, and plasma display in which a polarizing plate is attached to glass.
  • the optical functional material include transparent plastic plates such as acrylic plates, PC plates, PET plates, and PEN plates, tempered glass, and touch panel input sensors.
  • the refractive index of the cured product is 1.45 to 1.55 in order to improve the visibility because the visibility of the display image is further improved.
  • the difference in refractive index from the base material used as the optical base material can be reduced, and the light loss can be reduced by suppressing the irregular reflection of light.
  • Preferred embodiments of the optical member obtained by the production method of the present invention include the following (i) to (vii).
  • An optical base selected from the group consisting of a transparent glass substrate having a light shielding part, a transparent resin substrate having a light shielding part, and a glass substrate on which a light shielding material and a transparent electrode are formed, as the optical base material having the light shielding part.
  • the optical member according to (i), which is a material and the functional laminate is a display unit or a touch panel.
  • a touch panel or touch panel input sensor in which a plate-shaped or sheet-shaped optical substrate having a light-shielding portion is bonded to the surface on the touch surface side of the touch panel using the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • a display panel in which a plate-like or sheet-like optical substrate having a light-shielding part is bonded to the display screen of the display unit using the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention By using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention and bonding a plurality of optical substrates selected from the above optical substrates by the method described in (Step 1) to (Step 3), The optical member of the invention is obtained.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition may be applied to only one of the surfaces facing each other through the cured product layer in the two optical substrates to be bonded, or may be applied to both surfaces. good.
  • the functional laminate is a touch panel or a display unit
  • any one surface of the protective base material having a light shielding part, preferably the light shielding part is provided.
  • the resin composition may be applied to only one of the provided surface and the touch surface of the touch panel or the display surface of the display unit, or may be applied to both of them.
  • a light shielding portion of the protective base material is provided in Step 1, in which a protective base material or a touch panel for protecting the display screen of the display body unit is bonded to the display body unit.
  • the resin composition may be applied to only one of the substrate surface opposite to the surface or the touch surface of the touch panel and the display surface of the display unit, or to both of them.
  • the optical member including the display unit knit obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention and the optical base material having the light shielding portion can be incorporated into an electronic device such as a television, a small game machine, a mobile phone, and a personal computer.
  • Synthesis example 1 To a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (iodine value: 12.2, hydroxyl value: 46.8 mg ⁇ KOH) as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound / G) is 569.73 g (0.24 mol), 7.50 g (0.0024 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg ⁇ KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. as a diol compound is polymerizable.
  • GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • Synthesis example 2 To a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (iodine value: 12.2, hydroxyl value: 46.8 mg ⁇ KOH) as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound / G) is 545.99 g (0.23 mol), 7.19 g (0.0023 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg ⁇ KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. as a diol compound is polymerizable.
  • GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • Synthesis example 3 In a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound, KRASOL HLBH-P 2000 (iodine value: 13.5, hydroxyl value: 0.89 meq / g) manufactured by CRAY VALLEY 511.69 g (0.23 mol), 7.19 g (0.0023 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg ⁇ KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.
  • KRASOL HLBH-P 2000 iodine value: 13.5, hydroxyl value: 0.89 meq / g
  • Exenol 3020 polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg ⁇ KOH / g
  • Example 1 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-1) of Synthesis Example 1, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • S-1800A isostearyl acrylate
  • Bremer LA laauryl acrylate
  • Clearon M-105 aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin
  • LV-100 polybutene manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation
  • GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • Example 2 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-2) of Synthesis Example 2, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd. Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) 18 parts by mass, JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation LV-100 (polybutene) 10 parts by mass, Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • S-1800A isostearyl acrylate
  • Bremer LA laauryl acrylate
  • Clearon M-105 aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin
  • JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation LV-100 polybutene
  • GI-2000 (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass
  • LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by mass
  • BASF IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl) Ketone
  • PBD (2- (4-Bifeni) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Lu) -5- (4-t-butylphenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.05 parts by mass) was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention.
  • the viscosity of the composition was 5000 mPa ⁇ s.
  • Example 3 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-3) of Synthesis Example 3, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • S-1800A isostearyl acrylate
  • Bremer LA laauryl acrylate
  • Clearon M-105 aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin
  • LV-100 polybutene manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation
  • GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
  • Examples 1 to 3 are shown in Table 1, and the following evaluation was performed.
  • the refractive index (25 ° C.) of the resin was measured with an Abbe refractometer (DR-M2: manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.).
  • Example 4 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-1) of Synthesis Example 1, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Example 5 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-2) of Synthesis Example 2, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Example 6 20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-3) of Synthesis Example 3, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, T-5562 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation (Polycarbonate polyol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • S-1800A isostearyl acrylate
  • Bremer LA laauryl acrylate
  • Clearon M-105 aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin
  • LV-100 polybutene
  • T-5562 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemical
  • Examples 4 to 6 are shown in Table 2 and evaluated as follows.
  • the refractive index (25 ° C.) of the resin was measured with an Abbe refractometer (DR-M2: manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.).
  • Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared, and applied to one slide glass so that the film thickness of Examples 4 to 6 was 200 ⁇ m, and the other slide glass was bonded to the coated surface. Thereafter, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having a cumulative light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with an ozone-less / IR cut filter). The obtained test piece was placed in an environment of 80 ° C. and 85% RH for 48 hours, and then the state of the film 15 minutes after removal into the 25 ° C. and 45% RH environment, and the state of the cured film 3 hours after removal. It was confirmed visually.
  • the film thickness of Examples 4-6 might be set to 200 micrometers on the slide glass of thickness 1mm, and peeling PET film was bonded together on the application surface. Thereafter, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 through a peeled PET film with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with ozone-less / IR cut filter). The obtained joined body was put in an environment of 80 ° C. and 85% RH for 48 hours, and then the state of the film 15 minutes after being taken out in the environment of 25 ° C. and 45% RH, and the state of the cured film 3 hours after being taken out. It was confirmed visually. As a result of the evaluation, the compositions of Examples 4 to 6 were all “good”.
  • Adhesive strength 1 A PET film and a 1 mm thick glass plate were bonded together so that the cured film thicknesses of Examples 1 to 6 were 200 ⁇ m, and then a high pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with ozoneless / IR cut filter) through the PET film. Then, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 . Adhesiveness was measured by the method based on JISZ0237 using the obtained joined body. Necessary for stripping the joined body of PET film and 1 mm thick glass plate horizontally so that the PET film is on the top surface, and peeling vertically from the end of the PET film (90 ° upward) The force was measured. The evaluation result and the determination result were both “good”.
  • Adhesive strength of 6.0 N / cm or more Adhesive strength of 1.5 N / cm or more and less than 6.0 N / cm ⁇ : Adhesive strength of less than 1.5 N / cm
  • a glass joined body was obtained in accordance with the following experimental example.
  • Experimental Example 1 Two glass plates having a size of width 2 cm ⁇ length 3.5 cm ⁇ thickness 1 mm were prepared, and the composition C was formed into a circle having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m and a diameter of 1 cm in the center of one of the glass plates. It was applied to. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D-bulb manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.) is used for the obtained coating layer, and the accumulated light quantity is 100 mJ from the atmosphere through an ultraviolet cut filter that blocks a wavelength of 320 nm or less.
  • D-bulb manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.
  • a cured product layer having a cured portion present on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer and an uncured portion present on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer.
  • the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 3 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to Examples 1 to 6 at this time.
  • the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass.
  • the cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
  • Experimental example 2 Except that the ultraviolet cut filter that blocks the wavelength of 320 nm or less is changed to a glass plate having a thickness of 0.5 mm, it exists on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer in the same manner as in Experimental example 1.
  • a cured product layer having a cured portion and an uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer was formed.
  • the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 21 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was set to 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to Examples 1 to 6 at this time.
  • the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass.
  • the cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
  • Experimental Example 3 A cured portion present on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer and the upper side of the coating layer in the same manner as in Experimental Example 1 except that an ultraviolet cut filter that blocks a wavelength of 320 nm or less was not used. A cured product layer having an uncured portion existing on the (atmosphere side) was formed. At this time, the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 45 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100.
  • the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass.
  • the cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
  • Experimental Example 4 Using an applicator, the composition C was applied onto a 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm peeled PET film having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m, and then covered with a peeled PET film having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m. It was.
  • the composition C was cured by irradiating an ultraviolet ray with an accumulated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 using an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D bulb, manufactured by Heraeus Noble Light Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.).
  • a transparent adhesive sheet was obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was cut into a circle having a diameter of 1 cm, and then the peeled PET film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was peeled off.
  • the rubber sheet having a mass of 1 kg and a width of 20 mm was reciprocated once so that the transparent adhesive sheet from which the peeled PET film had been peeled was attached to the center of a glass plate having a size of 2 cm wide ⁇ 3.5 cm long ⁇ 1 mm thick. .
  • the peeled PET film having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m is peeled off, and a glass sheet having a width of 2 cm ⁇ length of 3.5 cm ⁇ thickness of 1 mm is bonded to a transparent adhesive sheet in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.).
  • the ultraviolet curable resin composition and the production method of the present invention have good curability, high whitening resistance, strong adhesion to the base material, and are directly applied to the base material to be bonded. Then, it can be seen that it has a high adhesive force even when it is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays and the other substrate is bonded.
  • Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the composition was applied to one of the release agent application surfaces so that the film thickness was 200 ⁇ m. Thereafter, the two slide glasses were bonded so that the respective release agent application surfaces face each other.
  • the resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an accumulated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two slide glasses were peeled off to produce a cured product for measuring the film specific gravity. Based on JIS K7112 B method, specific gravity (DS) of hardened
  • a slide glass with a thickness of 0.8 mm and an acrylic plate with a thickness of 0.8 mm were prepared, and after applying the composition obtained on one side so that the film thickness was 200 ⁇ m, the other was bonded to the application surface. .
  • the resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 2000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less), and the resin composition was cured to prepare a sample for evaluating adhesiveness. This was left to stand at 85 ° C. and 85% RH for 250 hours. In the sample for evaluation, peeling of the slide glass or the acrylic plate from the cured resin was visually confirmed, but there was no peeling.
  • the obtained composition was fully cured, and the durometer E hardness was measured using a durometer hardness meter (type E) by a method based on JIS K7215 to evaluate the flexibility. More specifically, the ultraviolet curable resin composition was poured into a cylindrical mold so that the film thickness was 1 cm, and the resin composition was sufficiently cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays. The hardness of the obtained cured product was measured with a durometer hardness meter (type E). As a result, the measured value was less than 10, and the flexibility was excellent.
  • the transmittance in the wavelength region of 400 to 800 nm and 400 to 450 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3310, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). As a result, the transmittance at 400 to 800 nm was 90% or more, and the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm was 90% or more.
  • the composition is applied to each substrate on the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit having an area of 3.5 inches and the surface on which the light-shielding portion on the transparent substrate having the light-shielding portion (width 5 mm) is formed on the outer periphery. It applied so that it might become.
  • an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D-bulb manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.) was used for the coating layer obtained, and the accumulated light quantity from the atmosphere side was 100 mJ /
  • a cured product layer having a cured portion and an uncured portion existing on the atmosphere side was formed by performing ultraviolet irradiation of cm 2 .
  • the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 3 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100.
  • a liquid crystal display unit and a transparent substrate having a light-shielding portion were bonded together with the uncured portions facing each other.
  • the resin cured product layer is cured by irradiating UV light with an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 from the glass substrate side having the light shielding portion with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp (TOSCURE752, manufactured by Harrison Toshiba Lighting Co., Ltd.). Produced.
  • the transparent substrate was removed from the obtained optical member, and the cured resin layer of the light shielding part was washed away with heptane, and then the cured state was confirmed. There was no evidence that the uncured resin composition was removed, and the resin in the light shielding portion was sufficiently cured.
  • SYMBOLS 1 Liquid crystal display unit 2 Transparent substrate which has light-shielding part, 3 Transparent substrate, 4 Light-shielding part, 5 Ultraviolet curable resin composition (ultraviolet curable resin composition), 6 Hardened

Abstract

This invention provides a UV-curable resin composition for use in a touchscreen. Said resin composition excels in terms of workability and storage stability and makes it possible to obtain, with high productivity, an optical member, such as a display unit, that exhibits low volatility, low permittivity, good curing performance, and good adhesion. Said resin composition, which is used to bond two or more optical substrates together, is characterized by containing the following: (A) a monofunctional (meth)acrylate that has a C10 - 30 aliphatic chain containing a branched chain; (B) a softening component; (C) a photopolymerizable oligomer; and (E) a photopolymerization initiator.

Description

タッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物、それを用いた貼り合せ方法及び物品UV curable resin composition for touch panel, laminating method and article using the same
 本発明は、少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせるための紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物と、それを用いた光学部材を製造する方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an ultraviolet curable resin composition for bonding at least two optical substrates and a method for producing an optical member using the same.
 近年、液晶ディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイ、有機ELディスプレイ等の表示装置の表示画面にタッチパネルを貼り合わせ、画面入力を可能とした表示装置が広く利用されている。このタッチパネルは、透明電極が形成されたガラス板又は樹脂製フィルムが僅かな隙間を空けて向き合って貼り合されており、必要に応じて、そのタッチ面の上に、ガラス又は樹脂製の透明保護板を貼り合せた構造を有している。 In recent years, display devices that allow screen input by attaching a touch panel to a display screen of a display device such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, or an organic EL display have been widely used. In this touch panel, a glass plate or a resin film on which a transparent electrode is formed is bonded with a slight gap facing each other. If necessary, a transparent protection made of glass or resin is provided on the touch surface. It has a structure in which plates are bonded together.
 タッチパネルにおける透明電極が形成されたガラス板又はフィルムと、ガラス又は樹脂製の透明保護板との貼り合せ、又はタッチパネルと表示体ユニットの貼り合わせには、両面粘着シートを用いる技術がある。しかし、両面粘着シートを用いると気泡が入りやすいという問題があった。両面粘着シートに代わる技術として、柔軟性のある紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物で貼り合せる技術が提案されている。 There is a technique of using a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for bonding a glass plate or film on which a transparent electrode is formed on a touch panel and a transparent protective plate made of glass or resin, or bonding a touch panel and a display unit. However, when a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is used, there is a problem that air bubbles easily enter. As a technique replacing the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, a technique of bonding with a flexible ultraviolet curable resin composition has been proposed.
 一方で、タッチパネルと表示体ユニットを紫外線硬化型接着剤で貼り合わせる技術に用いるタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物として、様々な光重合性モノマーを使用することが知られている。例えば、特許文献1ではイソボルニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチルメタクリレート等の使用が提案されている。しかし、これらの光重合性モノマーにおいては、揮発性が高く、タッチパネル製造過程の真空下では、使用中に時間が経過するとともにこれらの化合物が揮発していくことで成分比率が変更され、一定の物性が担保されない問題があった。 On the other hand, it is known that various photopolymerizable monomers are used as an ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel used in a technique for bonding a touch panel and a display unit with an ultraviolet curable adhesive. For example, Patent Document 1 proposes the use of isobornyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and the like. However, these photopolymerizable monomers have high volatility, and under vacuum in the touch panel manufacturing process, as time elapses during use, the component ratio is changed as these compounds volatilize, and there is a certain amount. There was a problem that physical properties were not secured.
 一方、特許文献2では、タッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物中に長鎖の(メタ)アクリレートとして、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレートを使用することが記載されている。しかし、このような分岐鎖を有していない長鎖の(メタ)アクリレートでは、光重合性オリゴマーや柔軟化成分と併用した場合に、十分な相溶性を発揮できず、長時間の放置により不溶成分が析出してくる恐れがあり、また樹脂組成物の粘度も下げることも困難であった。 On the other hand, Patent Document 2 describes that lauryl (meth) acrylate is used as a long-chain (meth) acrylate in an ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel. However, long-chain (meth) acrylates that do not have such a branched chain cannot exhibit sufficient compatibility when used in combination with a photopolymerizable oligomer or a softening component, and are insoluble when left for a long time. There is a possibility that components may be deposited, and it is difficult to reduce the viscosity of the resin composition.
日本国特許第5470735号Japanese Patent No. 5470735 日本国特許第5563983号Japanese Patent No. 5563983
 本発明は、生産性が良好で、揮発性が低く、低誘電率であり、硬化性および密着性の良い表示体ユニット等の光学部材を得ることができ、作業性及び保存安定性に優れるタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention provides a touch panel with good productivity, low volatility, low dielectric constant, an optical member such as a display unit having good curability and adhesion, and excellent workability and storage stability. An object of the present invention is to provide an ultraviolet curable resin composition.
 本発明者らは前記課題を解決するため鋭意研究の結果、本発明を完成した。即ち、本発明は、下記(1)~(17)に関する。
(1)少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせるために用いる樹脂組成物であって、分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)、柔軟化成分(B)、光重合性オリゴマー(C)、光重合開始剤(E)を含むことを特徴とするタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(2)分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)が、下記式(10)
The present inventors have completed the present invention as a result of intensive studies in order to solve the above problems. That is, the present invention relates to the following (1) to (17).
(1) A resin composition used for laminating at least two optical substrates, which is a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, a softening component ( An ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel, comprising B), a photopolymerizable oligomer (C), and a photopolymerization initiator (E).
(2) A monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched C10-C30 fatty chain is represented by the following formula (10)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(上記式中、RはH又はCH、Rは炭素数10~20個のアルキル基を表す。)
である(1)に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(3)光重合性オリゴマー(C)が、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリイソプレン又は水添ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート、ポリブタジエン又は水添ポリブタジエン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選択されるいずれか1種以上を含有することを特徴とする(1)又は(2)に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(4)光重合性オリゴマー(C)が、ポリプロピレン/ポリブタジエン/水添ポリブタジエン/ポリイソプレン/水添ポリイソプレンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種以上の骨格をもつウレタン(メタ)アクリレートであることを特徴とする(3)に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(5)さらに(A)成分以外の光重合性モノマー(D)を含み、該(D)成分が下記式(1)
(In the above formula, R represents H or CH 3 , and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms.)
The ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens as described in (1).
(3) The photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is selected from the group consisting of urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, polybutadiene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton. The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel as described in (1) or (2), comprising any one or more of the above.
(4) The photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is a urethane (meth) acrylate having at least one skeleton selected from the group consisting of polypropylene / polybutadiene / hydrogenated polybutadiene / polyisoprene / hydrogenated polyisoprene. The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel as described in (3), which is characterized by the following.
(5) Further, a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A) is included, and the component (D) is represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、Rは水素原子、又はCHを示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
で表されることを特徴とする(1)~(4)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(6)前記式(1)が4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートであることを特徴とする(5)に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(7)柔軟化成分(B)として、ヒドロキシル基含有ポリマー、液状テルペン系樹脂のいずれか一方、又はその両方を含むことを特徴とする(1)~(6)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(8)分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)を1~30重量%含有する(1)~(7)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(9)さらに(A)成分以外の光重合性モノマー(D)を含み、該(D)成分が水酸基を有しない光重合性モノマーを含有する(1)~(7)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(10)分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)として、イソステアリルアクリレートを含有することを特徴とする(1)~(9)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
(11)下記工程1~2を有する少なくとも2つの光学基材が貼りあわされた光学部材の製造方法。
(工程1)少なくとも一つの光学基材に対して、(1)~(11)のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布して、塗布層を形成し、該塗布層に紫外線を照射することにより硬化物層を有する光学基材を得る工程
(工程2)工程1で得られた光学基材の硬化物層に対して、他の光学基材を貼り合わせるか、又は、工程1により得られた他の光学基材の硬化物層を貼り合わせる工程
(12)前記工程1で得られる硬化物層が、光学基材側に存在する硬化部分と、光学基材側と反対側に存在する未硬化部分とを有することを特徴とする(11)に記載の製造方法。
(13)前記工程1~2の後、さらに下記工程3を有することを特徴とする(12)に記載の製造方法。
(工程3)貼り合わされた光学基材における未硬化部分を有する硬化物層に紫外線を照射して、該硬化物層を硬化させる工程。
(14)前記工程1で紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線が、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度が30以下であることを特徴とする(12)~(13)のいずれか一項に記載の光学部材の製造方法。
(15)前記工程1で紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線が、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度が10以下であることを特徴とする(12)~(13)のいずれか一項に記載の光学部材の製造方法。
(16)(1)~(10)のいずれか一項に記載の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に活性エネルギー線を照射して得られる硬化物。
(17)(1)~(10)のいずれか一項に記載の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を用いてなることを特徴とするタッチパネル。
(In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 , and n represents an integer of 1 to 3)
The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of (1) to (4), which is represented by:
(6) The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel as described in (5), wherein the formula (1) is 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.
(7) The softening component (B) contains any one or both of a hydroxyl group-containing polymer and a liquid terpene resin, as described in any one of (1) to (6) UV curable resin composition for touch panels.
(8) The touch panel according to any one of (1) to (7), comprising 1 to 30% by weight of a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and a C10 to C30 fatty chain. UV curable resin composition.
(9) The composition according to any one of (1) to (7), further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A), wherein the component (D) contains a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group. The ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens of description.
(10) The monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms having a branched chain contains isostearyl acrylate as described in any one of (1) to (9) UV curable resin composition for touch panels.
(11) A method for producing an optical member in which at least two optical substrates having the following steps 1 and 2 are bonded together.
(Step 1) Applying the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of (1) to (11) to at least one optical substrate to form a coating layer, Step of obtaining an optical substrate having a cured product layer by irradiating the layer with ultraviolet rays (Step 2) The other optical substrate is bonded to the cured product layer of the optical substrate obtained in Step 1, Or the process (12) which bonds the hardened | cured material layer of the other optical base material obtained by the process 1 The hardened | cured material layer obtained by the said process 1 exists in the optical base material side, and the optical base material side And the uncured part existing on the opposite side. (11) The production method according to (11),
(13) The method according to (12), further comprising the following step 3 after the steps 1 and 2.
(Step 3) A step of irradiating the cured product layer having an uncured portion in the bonded optical substrate with ultraviolet rays to cure the cured product layer.
(14) The maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 30 or less, assuming that the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm is 100. (12) The method for manufacturing an optical member according to any one of (12) to (13).
(15) The maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm is set to 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition in the step 1. (12) The method for manufacturing an optical member according to any one of (12) to (13).
(16) A cured product obtained by irradiating the ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of (1) to (10) with active energy rays.
(17) A touch panel comprising the ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of (1) to (10).
本発明の製造方法の第1の実施形態を示す工程図である。It is process drawing which shows 1st Embodiment of the manufacturing method of this invention. 本発明の製造方法の第2の実施形態を示す工程図である。It is process drawing which shows 2nd Embodiment of the manufacturing method of this invention. 本発明の製造方法の第3の実施形態を示す工程図である。It is process drawing which shows 3rd Embodiment of the manufacturing method of this invention. 本発明の製造方法の第4の実施形態を示す工程図である。It is process drawing which shows 4th Embodiment of the manufacturing method of this invention. 本発明により得られる光学部材の概略図である。It is the schematic of the optical member obtained by this invention.
 まず、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物について説明する。なお、「光学用に使用する紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に添加可能」とは、硬化物の透明性を、光学用に使用出来ない程度に低下させる添加物が含まれないことを意味する。尚、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、メタアクリレート及びアクリレートのいずれか一方又は両者を意味する。「(メタ)アクリル酸」等についても同様である。また、「アクリレート」とはアクリレートのみを表し、メタアクリレートは除外される。
 本発明に使用する紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物で、硬化後の厚さが200μmとなる硬化物のシートを作製したとき、該シートの、400~800nmの波長の光での好ましい平均透過率は、少なくとも90%である。
First, the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention is demonstrated. The phrase “can be added to an ultraviolet curable resin composition used for optics” means that an additive that lowers the transparency of the cured product to an extent that it cannot be used for optics is not included. In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” means either one or both of methacrylate and acrylate. The same applies to “(meth) acrylic acid” and the like. “Acrylate” represents only acrylate and excludes methacrylate.
When a cured sheet having a thickness after curing of 200 μm is prepared with the ultraviolet curable resin composition used in the present invention, a preferable average transmittance of the sheet with light having a wavelength of 400 to 800 nm is: At least 90%.
 本発明のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせるために用いる樹脂組成物であって、分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)を含有することを特徴とする。炭素数はより好ましくは16~25である。
 分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)として使用できる(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、例えば、イソラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソセチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソベヘニル(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。市販品としては例えば、新中村化学工業社製 イソステアリルアクリレート;共栄社化学社製 ライトアクリレートIS-A等が挙げられる。
 このように、分岐鎖を有する長鎖の脂肪鎖を有する(メタ)アクリレートを使用することで、柔軟化成分(B)ないし重合性オリゴマー(C)との相溶性を高める媒介物として機能するとともに、長時間放置しても不溶成分が析出してくるといったことを有効に防止することができる。また、柔軟性も担保しつつ誘電率が低い樹脂組成物を得ることが可能となる。
The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention is a resin composition used for laminating at least two optical substrates, and is a monofunctional (meta-meta) having a branched chain C10-30 fatty chain. ) Acrylate (A) is contained. The number of carbon atoms is more preferably 16-25.
Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate that can be used as the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched C10-C30 fatty chain include, for example, isolauryl (meth) acrylate and isostearyl (meth) acrylate. , Isocetyl (meth) acrylate, isobehenyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Examples of commercially available products include isostearyl acrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd .; light acrylate IS-A manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
In this way, by using a (meth) acrylate having a long-chain fatty chain having a branched chain, it functions as a mediator that enhances compatibility with the softening component (B) or the polymerizable oligomer (C). In addition, it is possible to effectively prevent the insoluble component from being deposited even after being left for a long time. Further, it is possible to obtain a resin composition having a low dielectric constant while ensuring flexibility.
 本発明のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物が含有する分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)としては、下記式(10) The monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a fatty chain having 10 to 30 carbon atoms and having a branched chain contained in the ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention is represented by the following formula (10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(上記式中、RはH又はCH、Rは炭素数10~20個のアルキル基を表し、nは10~25の整数を示す。)
で表される単官能(メタ)アクリレートを使用することが好ましい。ここで、Rの炭素数は15~20がより好ましい。
 上記式(10)の単官能(メタ)アクリレートを使用することで、柔軟性と反応性を向上させることができる。また、中でも、低揮発性と反応性、及び柔軟性の観点から、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレートがさらに好ましい。
 また、上記分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)を2種類以上混合して使用しても構わない。
(In the above formula, R represents H or CH 3 , R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 10 to 25.)
It is preferable to use a monofunctional (meth) acrylate represented by: Here, the carbon number of R 2 is more preferably 15-20.
By using the monofunctional (meth) acrylate of the above formula (10), flexibility and reactivity can be improved. Of these, isostearyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable from the viewpoints of low volatility, reactivity, and flexibility.
In addition, two or more types of monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and having a C10-30 fatty chain may be used.
 本発明のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物としては、上記分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)とともに分岐鎖を有しない(直鎖の)炭素数8~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(F)を併用することが好ましい。直鎖の炭素数8~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(F)としては、下記式(11)を使用することができる。 The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention includes the above-described monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and a monofunctional (meth) acrylate having a fatty chain having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (non-branched carbon). It is preferable to use a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (F) having a fatty chain of several 8 to 30 in combination. As the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (F) having a linear fatty chain having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, the following formula (11) can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(上記式中、RはH又はCH、Rは炭素数8~20個のアルキル基を表し、nは10~25の整数を示す。)
で表される単官能(メタ)アクリレートを使用することが好ましい。ここで、Rの炭素数は15~20がより好ましい。
 上記式(11)の単官能(メタ)アクリレートを使用することで、柔軟性と反応性を向上させることができる。また、中でも、低揮発性と反応性、及び柔軟性の観点から、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレートがさらに好ましい。
(In the above formula, R represents H or CH 3 , R 3 represents an alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 10 to 25.)
It is preferable to use a monofunctional (meth) acrylate represented by: Here, the carbon number of R 3 is more preferably 15-20.
By using the monofunctional (meth) acrylate of the above formula (11), flexibility and reactivity can be improved. Of these, lauryl (meth) acrylate is more preferable from the viewpoints of low volatility, reactivity, and flexibility.
 ここで、樹脂組成物自体白濁を回避して透明性を確保しつつ、相溶性を向上させる観点から、上記式(10)及び/又は上記式(11)のRないしRのアルキル基の数をMRとし、後述する式(1)で表される化合物においては、アクリロイル基を除く総炭素数をMC、炭素の分岐鎖の個数をMBとした際に一定の比率を示すことが好ましい。具体的には、MR/(MC+MB)(以下、特殊比率と称す。)が、5.5以下であるような両化合物を含有する樹脂組成物であることが好ましく、5以下であることが特に好ましい。また、耐白化性も特に優れたものにする観点から、上記低揮発・耐白化性アクリレートを含有しつつ、上記特殊比率が5.5以下であるような両化合物を含有する樹脂組成物であることが好ましく、5以下であることが特に好ましい。 Here, from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility while avoiding white turbidity of the resin composition itself and improving the compatibility, the alkyl groups of R 2 to R 3 in the above formula (10) and / or the above formula (11) are used. In the compound represented by the formula (1) described later, where the number is MR, it is preferable to show a certain ratio when MC is the total number of carbon atoms excluding the acryloyl group and MB is the number of carbon branch chains. Specifically, it is preferably a resin composition containing both compounds such that MR / (MC + MB) (hereinafter referred to as a special ratio) is 5.5 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of making the whitening resistance particularly excellent, the resin composition contains both compounds having the low volatility / whitening resistance acrylate and the special ratio of 5.5 or less. It is preferably 5 or less.
 組成物中の(A)成分の含有量としては、通常1~90重量%、好ましくは1~80重量%程度である。
 ここで、当該含有量は1~40重量%以下であることが好ましく、1~30重量%以下であることがより好ましい。当該範囲にあることで、後述する柔軟化成分(B)及び光重合性オリゴマー(C)との相溶性を向上させ、柔軟性を付与しつつ、誘電率の向上を抑えるという機能を奏するとともに、不溶成分の析出・沈殿を有効に防止でき、樹脂組成物の極性を低くしすぎることを抑えることができるためである。
The content of the component (A) in the composition is usually about 1 to 90% by weight, preferably about 1 to 80% by weight.
Here, the content is preferably 1 to 40% by weight or less, and more preferably 1 to 30% by weight or less. By being in this range, the compatibility with the softening component (B) and the photopolymerizable oligomer (C) described later is improved, and while providing flexibility, the function of suppressing the improvement of the dielectric constant is achieved, This is because precipitation / precipitation of insoluble components can be effectively prevented, and the resin composition can be prevented from being too low in polarity.
 上記(A)成分と(F)成分を併用することが好ましく、この場合においては、(A)成分の含有量が(F)成分の含有量以上であることが好ましい。そして、樹脂組成物中の重量比で(A)成分:(F)成分が9.9:0.1~0.1:9.9であることが好ましく、9:1~3:7であることがより好ましく、9:1~5:5であることがさらに好ましく、9:1~6:4であることが特に好ましい It is preferable to use the component (A) and the component (F) in combination. In this case, the content of the component (A) is preferably equal to or higher than the content of the component (F). The component (A) :( F) is preferably 9.9: 0.1 to 0.1: 9.9 by weight ratio in the resin composition, and preferably 9: 1 to 3: 7. Is more preferably 9: 1 to 5: 5, and particularly preferably 9: 1 to 6: 4.
 本発明においては、(A)成分と併用する後述する光重合性モノマー(D)として、水酸基を有しない光重合性モノマーを使用することが好ましい。このように、水酸基を有しない光重合性モノマーを併用することで、極性を高めすぎることを抑え、極性を一定程度に抑えることが可能となる。さらに、水分を含みにくい樹脂組成物を得やすくなるためである。このような、水酸基を有しない光重合性モノマーとしては、後述する光重合性モノマー(D)から水酸基を有する光重合性モノマーを除いたものを使用することができる。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group as a photopolymerizable monomer (D) described later used in combination with the component (A). Thus, by using together the photopolymerizable monomer which does not have a hydroxyl group, it becomes possible to suppress that polarity is raised too much and to suppress polarity to a certain level. Furthermore, it is easy to obtain a resin composition that hardly contains moisture. As such a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group, one obtained by removing a photopolymerizable monomer having a hydroxyl group from a photopolymerizable monomer (D) described later can be used.
本発明のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、柔軟化成分(B)を含有する。柔軟化成分(B)は紫外線によって架橋することはなく、光重合性オリゴマーないし光重合性モノマーの架橋の間に介在して存在することで、柔軟性を付与するとともに収縮率を低減する機能を有している。また、べたつきを付与する等して密着性を向上させる機能も有する。
 このような柔軟化成分(B)としては、組成物中に相溶するポリマー、オリゴマー、フタル酸エステル類、リン酸エステル類、グリコールエステル類、クエン酸エステル類、脂肪族二塩基酸エステル類、脂肪酸エステル類、エポキシ系可塑剤、ヒマシ油類、テルペン系樹脂、水素添加テルペン系樹脂、および液状テルペン等が挙げられる。上記オリゴマー、ポリマーの例としては、ポリイソプレン骨格、水添ポリイソプレン骨格、ポリブタジエン骨格、水添ポリブタジエン骨格又はキシレン骨格を有するオリゴマー又はポリマー及びそのエステル化物、アジピン酸エステル系オリゴマー、ポリブテン等を例示することができる。透明性の観点から、水素添加テルペン系樹脂、水添ポリイソプレン、水添ポリブタジエン、ポリブテン、液状テルペンが好ましい。さらに、接着強度とその他材料との相溶性の観点から、ヒドロキシル基を末端若しくは側鎖に含有する水素添加テルペン系樹脂、ヒドロキシル基を末端若しくは側鎖に含有する水添ポリイソプレン、ヒドロキシル基を末端若しくは側鎖に含有する水添ポリブタジエン等のヒドロキシル基含有ポリマー、液状テルペン樹脂が特に好ましい。
The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel of the present invention contains a softening component (B). The softening component (B) is not cross-linked by ultraviolet rays, and exists between the photopolymerizable oligomers or photopolymerizable monomers, thereby providing flexibility and reducing the shrinkage rate. Have. Moreover, it also has a function of improving adhesion by, for example, imparting stickiness.
As such a softening component (B), a polymer, oligomer, phthalate ester, phosphate ester, glycol ester, citrate ester, aliphatic dibasic acid ester compatible with the composition, Examples include fatty acid esters, epoxy plasticizers, castor oils, terpene resins, hydrogenated terpene resins, and liquid terpenes. Examples of the oligomer and polymer include polyisoprene skeleton, hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, polybutadiene skeleton, oligomer or polymer having hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton or xylene skeleton and esterified product thereof, adipic acid ester oligomer, polybutene, and the like. be able to. From the viewpoint of transparency, hydrogenated terpene resins, hydrogenated polyisoprene, hydrogenated polybutadiene, polybutene, and liquid terpenes are preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of adhesive strength and compatibility with other materials, hydrogenated terpene resins containing hydroxyl groups at the ends or side chains, hydrogenated polyisoprenes containing hydroxyl groups at the ends or side chains, hydroxyl groups terminated Alternatively, hydroxyl group-containing polymers such as hydrogenated polybutadiene contained in the side chain, and liquid terpene resins are particularly preferable.
 柔軟化成分の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物中における重量割合は、柔軟化成分(B)は固体でも液状でも使用することができ、柔軟化成分は通常5~70重量%であり、好ましくは10~60重量%である。また、固体の柔軟化成分は、通常5~40重量%、好ましくは10~35重量%である。液状の柔軟化成分は、通常10~70重量%、好ましくは20~60重量%である。 The weight ratio of the softening component in the ultraviolet curable resin composition is such that the softening component (B) can be used in a solid or liquid state, and the softening component is usually 5 to 70% by weight, preferably 10 to 10%. 60% by weight. The solid softening component is usually 5 to 40% by weight, preferably 10 to 35% by weight. The liquid softening component is usually 10 to 70% by weight, preferably 20 to 60% by weight.
 本願発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、光重合性オリゴマー(C)を含有する。本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物における光重合性オリゴマー(C)としては、特に限定されないが、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリイソプレン又は水添ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート、ポリブタジエン又は水添ポリブタジエン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選択されるいずれかを使用することが好ましい。中でも、接着強度の観点からウレタン(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、さらに、耐湿性の観点から、ポリブタジエン/水添ポリブタジエン/ポリイソプレン/水添ポリイソプレンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種以上の骨格をもつウレタン(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましい。 The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable oligomer (C). Although it does not specifically limit as a photopolymerizable oligomer (C) in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention, The (meth) acrylate, polybutadiene, or hydrogenation which has urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene, or hydrogenated polyisoprene frame | skeleton. It is preferable to use one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylates having a polybutadiene skeleton. Among them, urethane (meth) acrylate is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesive strength, and has at least one skeleton selected from the group consisting of polybutadiene / hydrogenated polybutadiene / polyisoprene / hydrogenated polyisoprene from the viewpoint of moisture resistance. Urethane (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
 上記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートは多価アルコール、ポリイソシアネート及びヒドロキシル基含有(メタ)アクリレートを反応させることによって得られる。 The urethane (meth) acrylate is obtained by reacting polyhydric alcohol, polyisocyanate and hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate.
 多価アルコールとしては、例えば、ポリブタジエングリコール、水添ポリブタジエングリコール、ポリイソプレングリコール、水添ポリイソプレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、3-メチル-1、5-ペンタンジオール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1、6-ヘキサンジオール等の炭素数1~10のアルキレングリコール、トリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール等のトリオール、トリシクロデカンジメチロール、ビス-〔ヒドロキシメチル〕-シクロヘキサン等の環状骨格を有するアルコール等;及びこれら多価アルコールと多塩基酸(例えば、コハク酸、フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、テレフタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸等)との反応によって得られるポリエステルポリオール、多価アルコールとε-カプロラクトンとの反応によって得られるカプロラクトンアルコール、ポリカーボネートポリオール(例えば1,6-ヘキサンジオールとジフェニルカーボネートとの反応によって得られるポリカーボネートジオール等)又はポリエーテルポリオール(例えばポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール、エチレンオキサイド変性ビスフェノールA等)等が挙げられる。接着強度と耐湿性の観点から、上記多価アルコールとしては、プロピレングリコール、ポリブタジエングリコール、水添ポリブタジエングリコール、ポリイソプレングリコール、水添ポリイソプレングリコールが好ましく、透明性と柔軟性の観点から重量平均分子量が2000以上のプロピレングリコール、水添ポリブタジエングリコール、水添ポリイソプレングリコールが特に好ましい。耐熱着色性等の変色性、相溶性の観点から水添ポリブタジエングリコールが好ましい。このときの重量平均分子量の上限は特に限定されないが、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましい。また、必要に応じて二種以上の多価アルコールを併用してもよい。 Examples of the polyhydric alcohol include polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, polyisoprene glycol, hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4 A cyclic skeleton such as butanediol, alkylene glycol having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1,6-hexanediol, triol such as trimethylolpropane and pentaerythritol, tricyclodecane dimethylol, bis- [hydroxymethyl] -cyclohexane, etc. Alcohols having; and these polyhydric alcohols and polybasic acids (for example, succinic acid, phthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, terephthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, etc.) Polyester polyol obtained by reaction, caprolactone alcohol obtained by reaction of polyhydric alcohol and ε-caprolactone, polycarbonate polyol (for example, polycarbonate diol obtained by reaction of 1,6-hexanediol and diphenyl carbonate, etc.) or polyether polyol (For example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, ethylene oxide-modified bisphenol A, etc.) and the like. From the viewpoint of adhesive strength and moisture resistance, the polyhydric alcohol is preferably propylene glycol, polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, polyisoprene glycol, or hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, and weight average molecular weight from the viewpoint of transparency and flexibility. Is particularly preferably propylene glycol having a viscosity of 2000 or more, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, or hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol. Hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol is preferred from the viewpoints of discoloration such as heat-resistant coloring and compatibility. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight at this time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10,000 or less, and more preferably 5000 or less. Moreover, you may use together 2 or more types of polyhydric alcohol as needed.
 有機ポリイソシアネートとしては、例えばイソホロンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート又はジシクロペンタニルイソシアネート等が挙げられる。中でも、強靭性の観点からイソホロンジイソシアネートが好ましい。 Examples of the organic polyisocyanate include isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, and dicyclopentanyl isocyanate. Among these, isophorone diisocyanate is preferable from the viewpoint of toughness.
 又、ヒドロキシル基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えばヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシC2~C4アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロールシクロヘキシルモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシカプロラクトン(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシル基末端ポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等を使用することができる。 Examples of hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylates include hydroxy C2-C4 alkyl (meth) acrylates such as hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylol cyclohexyl mono ( A (meth) acrylate, a hydroxycaprolactone (meth) acrylate, a hydroxyl group terminal polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate, etc. can be used.
 上記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートを得るための反応は、例えば、以下のようにして行う。即ち、多価アルコールにその水酸基1当量あたり有機ポリイソシアネートをそのイソシアネート基が好ましくは1.1~2.0当量、さらに好ましくは1.1~1.5当量になるように混合し、反応温度を好ましくは70~90℃で反応させ、ウレタンオリゴマーを合成する。次いで、ウレタンオリゴマーのイソシアネート基1当量あたり、ヒドロキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物をその水酸基が好ましくは1~1.5当量となるように混合し、70~90℃で反応させて目的とするウレタン(メタ)アクリレートを得ることができる。 The reaction for obtaining the urethane (meth) acrylate is performed, for example, as follows. That is, the polyhydric alcohol is mixed with an organic polyisocyanate per equivalent of the hydroxyl group so that the isocyanate group is preferably 1.1 to 2.0 equivalent, more preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalent. Is preferably reacted at 70 to 90 ° C. to synthesize a urethane oligomer. Next, the hydroxy (meth) acrylate compound is mixed so that the hydroxyl group is preferably 1 to 1.5 equivalents per equivalent of the isocyanate group of the urethane oligomer, and reacted at 70 to 90 ° C. to react with the target urethane (meth). ) Acrylate can be obtained.
 上記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートの重量平均分子量としては7000~100000程度が好ましく、10000~60000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量が7000より小さいと収縮が大きくなり、重量平均分子量が100000より大きいと硬化性が乏しくなる。 The weight average molecular weight of the urethane (meth) acrylate is preferably about 7,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 10,000 to 60,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7000, shrinkage increases, and when the weight average molecular weight is greater than 100,000, curability is poor.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物においては、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートは、1種または2種以上を任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートの本発明の光硬化型樹脂組成物中における重量割合は通常5~90重量%、好ましくは10~50重量%である。 In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, urethane (meth) acrylates can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. The weight ratio of urethane (meth) acrylate in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight.
 上記ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートは、ポリイソプレン分子の末端又は側鎖に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する。ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートはUC-203、UC102、UC-1(クラレ社製)として入手することができる。ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートはポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量が1000~50000が好ましく、25000~45000程度がより好ましい。
 ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートの本発明の光硬化型樹脂組成物中における重量割合は通常5~90重量%、好ましくは10~50重量%である。
The (meth) acrylate having the polyisoprene skeleton has a (meth) acryloyl group at the terminal or side chain of the polyisoprene molecule. (Meth) acrylates having a polyisoprene skeleton are available as UC-203, UC102, and UC-1 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). The (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton preferably has a polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably about 25,000 to 45,000.
The weight ratio of the (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物においては、光重合性モノマー(D)を含有する。光重合性モノマー(D)としては、好適には分子中に1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを使用することができる。ここで、光重合性モノマー(D)とは、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリイソプレン又は水添ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート、ポリブタジエン又は水添ポリブタジエン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートを除いた(メタ)アクリレートを示す。 The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerizable monomer (D). As the photopolymerizable monomer (D), a (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule can be preferably used. Here, the photopolymerizable monomer (D) excludes (meth) acrylate having urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene or hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, (meth) acrylate having polybutadiene or hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton ( (Meth) acrylate is shown.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に含有される光重合性モノマー(D)としては、下記式(1) As the photopolymerizable monomer (D) contained in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, the following formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中、Rは水素原子、又はCHを示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
で表される単官能アクリレートが好適に使用できる。
 該紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の組成割合としては、好適には上記式(1)で表される単官能アクリレートが1~20重量%、光重合性オリゴマー(C)が5~90重量%、式(1)以外の光重合性モノマー(D)が5~90重量%、光重合開始剤(E)が0.1~5重量%、その他の成分が残部である。
(In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 , and n represents an integer of 1 to 3)
The monofunctional acrylate represented by these can be used conveniently.
The composition ratio of the ultraviolet curable resin composition is preferably 1 to 20% by weight of the monofunctional acrylate represented by the above formula (1), 5 to 90% by weight of the photopolymerizable oligomer (C), The photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than (1) is 5 to 90% by weight, the photopolymerization initiator (E) is 0.1 to 5% by weight, and the other components are the balance.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物における前記式(1)で表される単官能アクリレート(A)としては、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート等が挙げられ、必要に応じて二種以上を併用しても良い。ここで、前記式(1)において、nが2以下の時(特にはnが1以下の時)は、Rがメチル基であることが好ましい。また、nが3以上の時においては、Rは水素原子であることが好ましい。また、前記式(1)において総炭素数2以上が、揮発性が少なく、白濁が少ない樹脂組成物を得ることができるため、好ましい。中でも、接着強度と耐白化性の観点から、下記式(2) Examples of the monofunctional acrylate (A) represented by the formula (1) in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl. An acrylate etc. are mentioned, You may use 2 or more types together as needed. Here, in the formula (1), when n is 2 or less (particularly when n is 1 or less), R 1 is preferably a methyl group. When n is 3 or more, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom. In the formula (1), a total carbon number of 2 or more is preferable because a resin composition with low volatility and low cloudiness can be obtained. Above all, from the viewpoint of adhesive strength and whitening resistance, the following formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式中、nは2~4の整数を示す)
で表される単官能アクリレートが好ましい。前記式(2)で表される単官能アクリレートとしては、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレートなどが挙げられる。さらに、低揮発性の観点から4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートが特に好ましい。メタアクリレート系樹脂を使用すると硬化速度が遅くなる傾向があり、実際に樹脂組成物を使用する際硬化に時間がかかってしまうため好ましくない。
 ここで、前記式(1)で表される化合物においては、アクリロイル基を除く総炭素数をMC、OH基の数をMOHとした時に、炭素の分岐鎖の個数をMBとした際に、MOH/(MC+MB)が0.3以下が好ましく、特には0.28以下であることが好ましく、0.25以下であることが特に好ましい。このような範囲にあることで、一定程度高分子量となることから揮発、白濁を抑えるものであり、かつ水酸基による白化防止を防ぐことに有利に働くことを実現することができる。当該条件を満たす前記式(1)で表される単官能アクリレートを、以下、低揮発・耐白化性アクリレートと称す。
(In the formula, n represents an integer of 2 to 4)
The monofunctional acrylate represented by these is preferable. Examples of the monofunctional acrylate represented by the formula (2) include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. Furthermore, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of low volatility. When a methacrylate resin is used, the curing rate tends to be slow, and when the resin composition is actually used, it takes time to cure, which is not preferable.
Here, in the compound represented by the formula (1), when the total carbon number excluding the acryloyl group is MC, the number of OH groups is MOH, and the number of carbon branch chains is MB, the MOH / (MC + MB) is preferably 0.3 or less, particularly preferably 0.28 or less, and particularly preferably 0.25 or less. By being in such a range, since it becomes high molecular weight to a certain extent, it can suppress volatilization and white turbidity, and it can be realized that it works advantageously to prevent whitening prevention by hydroxyl groups. Hereinafter, the monofunctional acrylate represented by the formula (1) that satisfies the condition is referred to as a low volatility / whitening-resistant acrylate.
 前記式(1)で表される光重合性モノマーの含有量は、1~20重量%が好ましく、2~10重量%がより好ましく、さらに5.5~8重量%が特に好ましい。式(1)成分の含有量が1%未満であると、耐白化性が低下する。一方、20重量%以上であると、貼り合わせ時に気泡が入りやすくなったり、その他の成分と相溶性が悪くなり液が白濁してしまう恐れがある。
 尚、本発明においては、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物中に、水酸基を有するメタクリレートを含有することは、一部硬化速度の低下や耐白化性等の物性に悪影響を与えることから好ましくない。水酸基を有するメタクリレートを含有する場合、10重量%以下が好ましく、5重量%以下が特に好ましい。
The content of the photopolymerizable monomer represented by the formula (1) is preferably 1 to 20% by weight, more preferably 2 to 10% by weight, and particularly preferably 5.5 to 8% by weight. When the content of the component of formula (1) is less than 1%, the whitening resistance is lowered. On the other hand, when the content is 20% by weight or more, bubbles may easily enter during bonding, or the compatibility with other components may deteriorate and the liquid may become cloudy.
In the present invention, it is not preferable that the ultraviolet curable resin composition contains a hydroxyl group-containing methacrylate because some of the properties such as a decrease in the curing rate and whitening resistance are adversely affected. When the methacrylate having a hydroxyl group is contained, the content is preferably 10% by weight or less, particularly preferably 5% by weight or less.
 前記式(1)で表される光重合性モノマー以外の分子中に1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレートとしては、具体的にはイソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソアミル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、セチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソミリスチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、トリデシル(メタ)アクリレート等の炭素数5~25のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、アクリロイルモルホリン、フェニルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカン(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、1-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-エチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、1-アダマンチルメタクリレート、ポリプロピレンオキサイド変性ノニルフェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタジエンオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、等の環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート、水酸基を有する炭素数5~7のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレンオキサイド変性ノニルフェニル(メタ)アクリレート等のポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性フェノキシ化リン酸(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性ブトキシ化リン酸(メタ)アクリレート及びエチレンオキシド変性オクチルオキシ化リン酸(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性テトラフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule other than the photopolymerizable monomer represented by the formula (1) include isooctyl (meth) acrylate and isoamyl (meth) acrylate. , Lauryl (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate, isomyristyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (meth) acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, etc. 25 alkyl (meth) acrylates, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, acryloylmorpholine, phenylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate Relate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, 1-adamantyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 1-adamantyl methacrylate, polypropylene oxide-modified nonylphenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate having a cyclic skeleton such as dicyclopentadieneoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and alkyl (meth) acrylate having 5 to 7 carbon atoms having a hydroxyl group , Ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene oxide modified nonylphenyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Alkylene glycol (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified phenoxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified butoxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate and ethylene oxide modified octyloxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified tetrafurfuryl (meth) acrylate Etc.
 本発明の組成物には、本発明の特性を損なわない範囲で(分子中に1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート以外の(メタ)アクリレート)を含有することができる。例えば、トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジオキサングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキサイド変性ビスフェノールA型ジ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート及びエチレンオキシド変性リン酸ジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールオクタントリ(メタ)アクリレート等のトリメチロールC2~C10アルカントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンポリエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンポリプロポキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンポリエトキシポリプロポキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート等のトリメチロールC2~C10アルカンポリアルコキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス[(メタ)アクロイルオキシエチル]イソシアヌレ-ト、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキレンオキサイド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレートペンタエリスリトールポリエトキシテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールポリプロポキシテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることができる。
 本発明においては、併用する場合は、硬化収縮を抑えるために、1又は2官能の(メタ)アクリレートを使用することが好ましい。
The composition of the present invention can contain (a (meth) acrylate other than a (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule) as long as the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired. For example, tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, dioxane glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A type di (meth) acrylate Trimethylol C2-C10 alkanes such as caprolactone-modified hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate and ethylene oxide-modified phosphoric acid di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethyloloctane tri (meth) acrylate Tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane polyethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane polypropoxytri ( Trimethylol C2-C10 alkane polyalkoxy tri (meth) acrylate such as acrylate, trimethylolpropane polyethoxypolypropoxy tri (meth) acrylate, tris [(meth) acryloyloxyethyl] isocyanurate, pentaerythritol tri ( (Meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate and other alkylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate pentaerythritol polyethoxytetra (meth) acrylate, Pentaerythritol polypropoxytetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ditrime Trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate.
In this invention, when using together, in order to suppress cure shrinkage, it is preferable to use mono- or bifunctional (meth) acrylate.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物においては、これら(メタ)アクリレートモノマー成分は、1種または2種以上を任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。上記式(1)以外の光重合性モノマー(D)の本発明の光硬化型透明樹脂組成物中における重量割合は通常5~90重量%、好ましくは10~50重量%である。5重量%より少ないと硬化性が乏しくなり、90重量%より多いと収縮が大きくなる。 In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, these (meth) acrylate monomer components can be used alone or in admixture of two or more at any ratio. The weight ratio of the photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the above formula (1) in the photocurable transparent resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 90% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight. When it is less than 5% by weight, the curability is poor, and when it is more than 90% by weight, shrinkage increases.
 また、本発明においては、上記式(1)成分:上記式(10)成分の比率(重量比)は1:2~1:25の範囲が好ましく、1:3~1:15の範囲が特に好ましい。 In the present invention, the ratio (weight ratio) of the component (1) to the component (10) is preferably in the range of 1: 2 to 1:25, particularly in the range of 1: 3 to 1:15. preferable.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物には、本発明の特性を損なわない範囲でエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートを使用することができる。エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートは、硬化性の向上や硬化物の硬度や硬化速度を向上させる機能がある。また、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、グリシジルエーテル型エポキシ化合物と、(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させることにより得られたものであればいずれも使用できるが、好ましく使用されるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートを得るためのグリシジルエーテル型エポキシ化合物としては、ビスフェノールA或いはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体のジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールF或いはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体のジグリシジルエーテル、水素添加ビスフェノールA或いはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体のジグリシジルエーテル、水素添加ビスフェノールF或いはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体のジグリシジルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、へキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、シクロヘキサンジメタノールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等を挙げることができる。 In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as long as the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired. Epoxy (meth) acrylate has a function of improving curability and improving the hardness and curing speed of a cured product. Any epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as long as it is obtained by reacting a glycidyl ether type epoxy compound with (meth) acrylic acid, and preferably used epoxy (meth) acrylate. Examples of the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound to be obtained include diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct, diglycidyl of hydrogenated bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct. Diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether of ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct Neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, butanediol diglycidyl ether hexanediol diglycidyl ether to, cyclohexanedimethanol diglycidyl ether, and polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether.
 エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートは、これらグリシジルエーテル型エポキシ化合物と、(メタ)アクリル酸を、下記のような条件で反応させることにより得られる。 Epoxy (meth) acrylate is obtained by reacting these glycidyl ether type epoxy compounds with (meth) acrylic acid under the following conditions.
 グリシジルエーテル型エポキシ化合物のエポキシ基1当量に対して、(メタ)アクリル酸を0.9~1.5モル、より好ましくは0.95~1.1モルの比率で反応させる。反応温度は80~120℃が好ましく、反応時間は10~35時間程度である。反応を促進させるために、例えばトリフェニルフォスフィン、TAP、トリエタノールアミン、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド等の触媒を使用するのが好ましい。又、反応中、重合を防止するために重合禁止剤として、例えば、パラメトキシフェノール、メチルハイドロキノン等を使用することもできる。 (Meth) acrylic acid is reacted at a ratio of 0.9 to 1.5 mol, more preferably 0.95 to 1.1 mol, per 1 equivalent of epoxy group of the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound. The reaction temperature is preferably 80 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is about 10 to 35 hours. In order to accelerate the reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as triphenylphosphine, TAP, triethanolamine, or tetraethylammonium chloride. Further, in order to prevent polymerization during the reaction, for example, paramethoxyphenol, methylhydroquinone or the like can be used as a polymerization inhibitor.
 本発明において好適に使用することができるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ビスフェノールA型のエポキシ化合物より得られた、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートである。エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートの重量平均分子量としては500~10000が好ましい。
 エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートの本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物中における重量割合は通常1~80重量%、好ましくは5~30重量%である。
An epoxy (meth) acrylate that can be suitably used in the present invention is a bisphenol A type epoxy (meth) acrylate obtained from a bisphenol A type epoxy compound. The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy (meth) acrylate is preferably 500 to 10,000.
The weight ratio of the epoxy (meth) acrylate in the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is usually 1 to 80% by weight, preferably 5 to 30% by weight.
 本発明の組成物に含有される光重合開始剤(E)としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルフェニルエトキシフォスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルフォスフィンオキサイド、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(イルガキュアー184;BASF製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノールオリゴマー(エサキュアONE;ランバルティ製)、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン(イルガキュアー2959;BASF製)、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]-フェニル}-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン(イルガキュアー127;BASF製)、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン(イルガキュアー651;BASF製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン(ダロキュア1173;BASF製)、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン(イルガキュアー907;BASF製)、オキシ-フェニル-アセチックアシッド2-[2-オキソ-2-フェニル-アセトキシ-エトキシ]-エチルエステルとオキシ-フェニル-アセチックアシッド2-[2-ヒドロキシ-エトキシ]-エチルエステルの混合物(イルガキュアー754;BASF製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン等を挙げることができる。 The photopolymerization initiator (E) contained in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphenylethoxyphosphine. Fin oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone ( Irgacure 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanol oligomer (Esacure ONE; manufactured by Lamberti), 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl ] -2-Hydroxy-2-methyl -1-propan-1-one (Irgacure 2959; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] -phenyl} -2-methyl -Propan-1-one (Irgacure 127; manufactured by BASF), 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1- ON (Darocur 1173; manufactured by BASF), 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by BASF), oxy-phenyl-acetic acid 2- [2-Oxo-2-phenyl-acetoxy-ethoxy] -ethyl ester and oxy-phenyl-acetic A mixture of cyd 2- [2-hydroxy-ethoxy] -ethyl ester (Irgacure 754; manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butan-1-one, 2- Examples include chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, and isopropylthioxanthone.
 本発明においては、前記光重合開始剤(E)において、アセトニトリル又はメタノール中で測定した302nm又は313nmにおけるモル吸光係数が300ml/(g・cm)以上であって、365nmでのモル吸光係数が100ml/(g・cm)以下である光重合開始剤を使用することが好ましい。このような光重合開始剤を使用することで、接着強度の向上に寄与させることができる。302nm又は313nmにおけるモル吸光係数が300ml/(g・cm)以上であることで、下記工程3での硬化時の硬化が十分となる。一方、365nmでのモル吸光係数が100ml/(g・cm)以下であることで、下記工程1における硬化時に過度な硬化を適切に抑制でき、密着性を向上させることが可能となる。
 このような光重合開始剤(E)としては、例えば、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(イルガキュアー184;BASF製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン(ダロキュア1173;BASF製)、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル-]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン(イルガキュアー2959;BASF製)、フェニルグリオキシリックアシッドメチルエステル(ダロキュアMBF;BASF製)等が挙げられる。
In the present invention, in the photopolymerization initiator (E), the molar extinction coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm measured in acetonitrile or methanol is 300 ml / (g · cm) or more, and the molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm is 100 ml. It is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that is not more than / (g · cm). By using such a photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in adhesive strength. When the molar extinction coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm is 300 ml / (g · cm) or more, curing at the time of curing in the following step 3 is sufficient. On the other hand, when the molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm is 100 ml / (g · cm) or less, excessive curing can be appropriately suppressed at the time of curing in the following step 1, and adhesion can be improved.
Examples of such photopolymerization initiator (E) include 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (Irgacure 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (Darocur 1173). Manufactured by BASF), 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl-]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (Irgacure 2959; manufactured by BASF), phenylglyoxylic acid And methyl ester (Darocur MBF; manufactured by BASF).
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物においては、これら光重合開始剤(E)は、1種または2種以上を任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。光重合開始剤(E)の本発明の光硬化型樹脂組成物中における重量割合は通常0.2~5重量%、好ましくは0.3~3重量%である。5重量%より多いと、硬化部分と光学基材側と反対側に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層を得る際に、未硬化部分が形成できなかったり、樹脂硬化物層の透明性が悪くなったりするおそれがある。 In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, these photopolymerization initiators (E) can be used alone or in admixture of two or more at any ratio. The weight ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (E) in the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.2 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.3 to 3% by weight. When it is more than 5% by weight, when obtaining a cured product layer having a cured part and an uncured part on the side opposite to the optical substrate side, the uncured part cannot be formed or the transparency of the resin cured product layer is low. There is a risk of getting worse.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、その他の成分として、後記する添加剤等を含むことができる。 The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention can contain additives, which will be described later, as other components.
 更に、光重合開始助剤となりうるアミン類等を上記の光重合開始剤と併用することもできる。使用しうるアミン類等としては、安息香酸2-ジメチルアミノエチルエステル、ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステルまたはp-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミルエステル等が挙げられる。該アミン類等の光重合開始助剤を使用する場合、本発明の接着用樹脂組成物中の含有量は通常0.005~5重量%、好ましくは0.01~3重量%である。 Furthermore, amines that can serve as photopolymerization initiation assistants can be used in combination with the above photopolymerization initiator. Examples of amines that can be used include benzoic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, and p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester. When the photopolymerization initiation assistant such as amines is used, the content in the adhesive resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.005 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 3% by weight.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて酸化防止剤、有機溶剤、シランカップリング剤、重合禁止剤、レベリング剤、帯電防止剤、表面潤滑剤、蛍光増白剤、光安定剤(例えば、ヒンダードアミン化合物等)、充填剤等の添加剤を加えてもよい。 In the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention, an antioxidant, an organic solvent, a silane coupling agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a leveling agent, an antistatic agent, a surface lubricant, a fluorescent whitening agent, and a light stabilizer are optionally added. You may add additives, such as an agent (for example, hindered amine compound etc.) and a filler.
 酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、BHT、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、ペンタエリスリチル・テトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、トリエチレングリコール-ビス[3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス[3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート、オクチル化ジフェニルアミン、2,4-ビス[(オクチルチオ)メチル-O-クレゾール、イソオクチル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the antioxidant include, for example, BHT, 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine Pentaerythrityl tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3- (3-t -Butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, , N-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-t -Butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -isocyanurate, octylated diphenylamine, 2,4-bis [(octylthio) methyl-O-cresol Isooctyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], dibutylhydroxytoluene and the like.
 有機溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどのアルコール類、ジメチルスルホン、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、トルエン、キシレン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the organic solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropyl alcohol, dimethyl sulfone, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene, xylene and the like.
 シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、例えば、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルメチルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-(ビニルベンジルアミノ)エチル)3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン塩酸塩、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のシラン系カップリング剤;イソプロピル(N-エチルアミノエチルアミノ)チタネート、イソプロピルトリイソステアロイルチタネート、チタニウムジ(ジオクチルピロフォスフェート)オキシアセテート、テトライソプロピルジ(ジオクチルフォスファイト)チタネート、ネオアルコキシトリ(p-N-(β-アミノエチル)アミノフェニル)チタネート等のチタン系カップリング剤;Zr-アセチルアセトネート、Zr-メタクリレート、Zr-プロピオネート、ネオアルコキシジルコネート、ネオアルコキシトリスネオデカノイルジルコネート、ネオアルコキシトリス(ドデカノイル)ベンゼンスルフォニルジルコネート、ネオアルコキシトリス(エチレンジアミノエチル)ジルコネート、ネオアルコキシトリス(m-アミノフェニル)ジルコネート、アンモニウムジルコニウムカーボネート、Al-アセチルアセトネート、Al-メタクリレート、Al-プロピオネート等のジルコニウム、或いはアルミニウム系カップリング剤等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxy) (Cyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-mercapropropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2- (vinylbenzylamino) ethyl) 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane , Silane coupling agents such as chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane and 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane; isopropyl (N-ethylaminoethylamino) titanate, isopropyl triisostearoyl titanate, titanium di (dioctyl pyrophosphate) oxyacetate, Titanium coupling agents such as tetraisopropyldi (dioctylphosphite) titanate, neoalkoxytri (pN- (β-aminoethyl) aminophenyl) titanate; Zr-acetylacetonate, Zr-methacrylate, Zr-propionate, Neoalkoxy zirconate, neoalkoxy tris neodecanoyl zirconate, neoalkoxy tris (dodecanoyl) benzenesulfonyl zirconate, neoalkoxy tris Ethylene-aminoethyl) zirconate, neoalkoxy tris (m-aminophenyl) zirconate, ammonium zirconium carbonate, Al- acetylacetonate, Al- methacrylate, zirconium or the like Al- propionate, or aluminum coupling agent, and the like.
 重合禁止剤の具体例としては、パラメトキシフェノール、メチルハイドロキノン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include paramethoxyphenol and methylhydroquinone.
 光安定剤の具体例としては、例えば、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジルアルコール、2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジルアルコール、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル(メタ)アクリレート(アデカ(株)製、LA-82)、テトラキス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)-1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボキシラート、テトラキス(2,2,6,6-トトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)-1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボキシラート、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸と1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジノールおよび3,9-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-1,1-ジメチルエチル)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5.5]ウンデカンとの混合エステル化物、デカン二酸ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1-ウンデカンオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-4-イル)カーボネート、2,2,6,6,-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジルメタクリレート、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、4-ベンゾイルオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン、1-〔2-〔3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ〕エチル〕-4-〔3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ〕-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン、1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジニル-メタアクリレート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジニル)〔〔3,5-ビス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-ヒドロキシフェニル〕メチル〕ブチルマロネート、デカン二酸ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-1(オクチルオキシ)-4-ピペリジニル)エステル,1,1-ジメチルエチルヒドロペルオキシドとオクタンの反応生成物、N,N’,N″,N″′-テトラキス-(4,6-ビス-(ブチル-(N-メチル-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-4-イル)アミノ)-トリアジン-2-イル)-4,7-ジアザデカン-1,10-ジアミン、ジブチルアミン・1,3,5-トリアジン・N,N’-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル-1,6-ヘキサメチレンジアミンとN-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)ブチルアミンの重縮合物、ポリ〔〔6-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)アミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジイル〕〔(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ〕ヘキサメチレン〔(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ〕〕、コハク酸ジメチルと4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-1-ピペリジンエタノールの重合物、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-20-(β-ラウリルオキシカルボニル)エチル-7-オキサ-3,20-ジアザジスピロ〔5・1・11・2〕ヘネイコサン-21-オン、β-アラニン,N,-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジニル)-ドデシルエステル/テトラデシルエステル、N-アセチル-3-ドデシル-1-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジニル)ピロリジン-2,5-ジオン、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-7-オキサ-3,20-ジアザジスピロ〔5,1,11,2〕ヘネイコサン-21-オン、2,2,4,4-テトラメチル-21-オキサ-3,20-ジアザジシクロ-〔5,1,11,2〕-ヘネイコサン-20-プロパン酸ドデシルエステル/テトラデシルエステル、プロパンジオイックアシッド,〔(4-メトキシフェニル)-メチレン〕-ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジニル)エステル、2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジノールの高級脂肪酸エステル、1,3-ベンゼンジカルボキシアミド,N,N’-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジニル)等のヒンダートアミン系、オクタベンゾン等のベンゾフェノン系化合物、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-〔2-ヒドロキシ-3-(3,4,5,6-テトラヒドロフタルイミド-メチル)-5-メチルフェニル〕ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-tert-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ペンチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、メチル3-(3-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネートとポリエチレングリコールの反応生成物、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-ドデシル-4-メチルフェノール等のベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンゾエート等のベンゾエート系、2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-〔(ヘキシル)オキシ〕フェノール等のトリアジン系化合物等が挙げられるが、特に好ましくは、ヒンダートアミン系化合物である。 Specific examples of the light stabilizer include, for example, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl alcohol, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl alcohol, 1,2,2, 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl (meth) acrylate (LA-82, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), tetrakis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) -1,2,3 4-butanetetracarboxylate, tetrakis (2,2,6,6-totramethyl-4-piperidyl) -1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinol and 3,9-bis (2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] Unde Mixed ester with decanoic acid bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1-undecanoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-4- Yl) carbonate, 2,2,6,6, -tetramethyl-4-piperidyl methacrylate, bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6, 6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, 4-benzoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) ) Propionyloxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6-tetramethyl Peridine, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl-methacrylate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl) [[3,5-bis (1,1 -Dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butyl malonate, decanedioic acid bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1 (octyloxy) -4-piperidinyl) ester, 1,1-dimethylethyl Reaction product of hydroperoxide and octane, N, N ′, N ″, N ″ ′-tetrakis- (4,6-bis- (butyl- (N-methyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine- 4-yl) amino) -triazin-2-yl) -4,7-diazadecane-1,10-diamine, dibutylamine 1,3,5-triazine N, N′-bis (2,2,6 6- Polycondensate of tetramethyl-4-piperidyl-1,6-hexamethylenediamine and N- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butylamine, poly [[6- (1,1,3 , 3-tetramethylbutyl) amino-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl] [(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino] hexamethylene [(2,2, 6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino]], dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol polymer, 2,2,4,4- Tetramethyl-20- (β-lauryloxycarbonyl) ethyl-7-oxa-3,20-diazadispiro [5 · 1 · 11 · 2] heneicosan-21-one, β-alanine, N,-(2,2, 6,6-tet Lamethyl-4-piperidinyl) -dodecyl ester / tetradecyl ester, N-acetyl-3-dodecyl-1- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) pyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 2, 2,4,4-tetramethyl-7-oxa-3,20-diazadispiro [5,1,11,2] heneicosan-21-one, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-21-oxa-3, 20-diazadicyclo- [5,1,11,2] -heneicosane-20-propanoic acid dodecyl ester / tetradecyl ester, propanedioic acid, [(4-methoxyphenyl) -methylene] -bis (1,2,2 , 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl) ester, higher fatty acid ester of 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinol, 1,3 Hindered amines such as benzenedicarboxamide, N, N′-bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl), benzophenone compounds such as octabenzone, 2- (2H-benzotriazole-2 -Yl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol, 2- (2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3- (3,4, 5,6-tetrahydrophthalimido-methyl) -5-methylphenyl] benzotriazole, 2- (3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2-hydroxy- 3,5-di-tert-pentylphenyl) benzotriazole, methyl 3- (3- (2H-benzotriazole-2-) ) -5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate and polyethylene glycol reaction product, benzotriazole compounds such as 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6-dodecyl-4-methylphenol Benzoates such as 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, 2- (4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2- Yl) -5-[(hexyl) oxy] phenol and the like, and hindered amine compounds are particularly preferred.
 充填剤の具体例としては、例えば、結晶シリカ、溶融シリカ、アルミナ、ジルコン、珪酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭化ケイ素、窒化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素、ジルコニア、フォステライト、ステアタイト、スピネル、チタニア、タルク等の粉体またはこれらを球形化したビーズ等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the filler include, for example, crystalline silica, fused silica, alumina, zircon, calcium silicate, calcium carbonate, silicon carbide, silicon nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, fosterite, steatite, spinel, titania, talc and the like. Examples thereof include powder or beads obtained by spheroidizing these.
 各種添加剤の組成物中に存在する場合、各種添加剤の光硬化型透明樹脂組成物中における重量割合は、0.01~3重量%、好ましくは0.01~1重量%、より好ましくは0.02~0.5重量%である。 When present in the composition of various additives, the weight ratio of the various additives in the photocurable transparent resin composition is 0.01 to 3% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 1% by weight, more preferably 0.02 to 0.5% by weight.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、前記した各成分を常温~80℃で混合溶解して得ることができ、必要により夾雑物をろ過等の操作により取り除いてもよい。本発明の接着用樹脂組成物は、塗布性を考え、25℃の粘度が300~40000mPa・sの範囲となるように、成分の配合比を適宜調節することが好ましい。 The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention can be obtained by mixing and dissolving the aforementioned components at room temperature to 80 ° C., and if necessary, impurities may be removed by an operation such as filtration. In the adhesive resin composition of the present invention, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the blending ratio of the components so that the viscosity at 25 ° C. is in the range of 300 to 40,000 mPa · s in view of applicability.
 次に、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を使用した光学部材の製造工程の好ましい形態について説明する。
 本発明の光学部材の製造方法においては、下記(工程1)~(工程3)により、少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせされることが好ましい。尚、(工程2)の段階で十分な接着強度が確保できると判断される場合においては、(工程3)を省くことが可能である。
(工程1) 少なくとも一つの光学基材に対して、前記紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布して、塗布層を形成し、該塗布層に、紫外線を照射することにより、該塗布層における光学基材側(塗布層の下部側)に存在する硬化部分(以下、「硬化物層の硬化部分」又は単に「硬化部分」と言う。)と、光学基材側と反対側(塗布層の上部側、通常は大気側)に存在する未硬化部分(以下、「硬化物層の未硬化部分」又は単に「未硬化部分」と言う。)とを有する硬化物層を有する光学基材を得る工程。尚、工程1において、紫外線照射後の塗付層の硬化率については特に限定は無く、光学基材側と反対側(塗布層の上部側、通常は大気側)表面に未硬化部分が存在してさえいればよい。紫外線照射後、光学基材側と反対側(塗布層の上部側、通常は大気側)を指で触り、指に液状成分が付着する場合は、未硬化部分を有するものと判断できる。
(工程2) 工程1で得られた光学基材の硬化物層の未硬化部分に対して、他の光学基材を貼り合わせるか、又は、工程1により得られた他の光学基材の硬化物層の未硬化部分を貼り合わせる工程。
(工程3) 貼り合された光学基材における未硬化部分を有する硬化物層に、遮光部を有する光学基材を通して、紫外線を照射して、該硬化物層を硬化させる工程。
 以下に工程1~工程3を経由する本発明の光学部材の製造方法の具体的な実施の形態について、液晶表示ユニットと遮光部を有する透明基板との貼り合せを例に図面を参照して説明する。
 ここで、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、2つ以上の基板を貼り合わせる際に、少なくとも一つの基板に対しては液状樹脂の状態で塗布され、もう一方の基板に対しては液状樹脂状態又は未硬化部分を有する状態で貼り合わされた後、紫外線により硬化させる場合において、特に優れた接着効果を奏し、空気の介在を防ぐことができるため、このような場合に使用することが特に好ましい。
Next, the preferable form of the manufacturing process of the optical member using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention is demonstrated.
In the method for producing an optical member of the present invention, it is preferable that at least two optical substrates are bonded together by the following (Step 1) to (Step 3). If it is determined that sufficient adhesive strength can be secured at the stage of (Process 2), (Process 3) can be omitted.
(Step 1) By applying the ultraviolet curable resin composition to at least one optical substrate to form a coating layer, and irradiating the coating layer with ultraviolet rays, an optical group in the coating layer is formed. A cured portion (hereinafter referred to as “cured portion of the cured product layer” or simply “cured portion”) present on the material side (lower side of the coating layer) and the side opposite to the optical substrate side (upper side of the coating layer) Step of obtaining an optical substrate having a cured product layer having an uncured portion (hereinafter, referred to as “uncured portion of the cured product layer” or simply “uncured portion”) present on the atmosphere side. In Step 1, there is no particular limitation on the curing rate of the coating layer after ultraviolet irradiation, and there is an uncured portion on the surface opposite to the optical substrate side (the upper side of the coating layer, usually the air side). All you have to do is After irradiation with ultraviolet rays, when the opposite side (the upper side of the coating layer, usually the atmosphere side) of the optical substrate is touched with a finger and a liquid component adheres to the finger, it can be determined that it has an uncured portion.
(Step 2) Another optical substrate is bonded to the uncured portion of the cured product layer of the optical substrate obtained in Step 1, or the other optical substrate obtained in Step 1 is cured. The process of bonding the uncured part of the material layer.
(Process 3) The process of irradiating an ultraviolet-ray through the optical base material which has a light-shielding part to the hardened | cured material layer which has the unhardened part in the bonded optical base material, and hardening this hardened | cured material layer.
In the following, a specific embodiment of the optical member manufacturing method of the present invention that goes through steps 1 to 3 will be described with reference to the drawings, taking as an example the bonding of a liquid crystal display unit and a transparent substrate having a light shielding portion. To do.
Here, when the two or more substrates are bonded together, the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is applied in a liquid resin state to at least one substrate and is liquid to the other substrate. In the case of being cured by ultraviolet rays after being bonded together in a resin state or a state having an uncured portion, particularly excellent adhesive effect can be obtained and air can be prevented, so that it is particularly useful in such a case. preferable.
(第1の実施形態)
 図1は、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を使用する光学部材の製造工程の第1の実施形態を示す工程図である。
 この方法は、液晶表示ユニット1と透明基板2を貼り合わせることにより光学部材を得る方法である。
 液晶表示ユニット1は、電極を形成した一対の基板間に液晶材料が封入されたものに偏光板、駆動用回路、信号入力ケーブル、バックライトユニットが備わったものを言う。
 透明基板2は、ガラス板、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)板、ポリカーボネート(PC)板、脂環式ポリオレフィンポリマー(COP)板、アクリル樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタラート等の透明基板である。透明基板には、片面又は両面にハードコート処理、反射防止処理を施すことは差し支えない。
 ここで、透明基板2は透明基板の表面上に黒色枠状の遮光部4を有するものを好適に使用でき、遮光部4はテープの貼付や塗料の塗布又は印刷等によって形成されている。尚、本発明においては遮光部4を有さないものにも適用できるが、以下の第1~3の実施形態の説明では、遮光部4を備える場合を具体例として説明を行う。遮光部4を有さない場合には、「遮光部を有する透明基板」を「透明基板」と読み替えれば、そのまま遮光部を有さない場合の例と考えることができる。
(First embodiment)
FIG. 1 is a process diagram showing a first embodiment of a production process of an optical member using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
This method is a method of obtaining an optical member by bonding the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the transparent substrate 2 together.
The liquid crystal display unit 1 is a liquid crystal display unit in which a liquid crystal material is sealed between a pair of substrates on which electrodes are formed, and a polarizing plate, a driving circuit, a signal input cable, and a backlight unit are provided.
The transparent substrate 2 is a transparent substrate such as a glass plate, a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) plate, a polycarbonate (PC) plate, an alicyclic polyolefin polymer (COP) plate, an acrylic resin, or polyethylene terephthalate. The transparent substrate may be subjected to hard coat treatment or antireflection treatment on one side or both sides.
Here, the transparent substrate 2 having a black frame-shaped light-shielding portion 4 on the surface of the transparent substrate can be preferably used, and the light-shielding portion 4 is formed by applying a tape, applying a paint, printing, or the like. In the present invention, the present invention can also be applied to a device that does not have the light shielding portion 4. However, in the following description of the first to third embodiments, the case where the light shielding portion 4 is provided will be described as a specific example. In the case where the light-shielding portion 4 is not provided, “transparent substrate having a light-shielding portion” can be read as “transparent substrate”, and can be considered as an example in which the light-shielding portion is not provided as it is.
(工程1)
 まず、図1(a)に示すように、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を、液晶表示ユニット1の表示面と遮光部を有する透明基板2の遮光部が形成されている面の表面に塗布する。塗布の方法としては、スリットコーター、ロールコーター、スピンコーター、スクリーン印刷法等が挙げられる。ここで、液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2の表面に塗布する紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は同一であってもよいし、異なる紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を用いても構わない。通常は両者が同じ紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。ここで、透明基板2上に遮光層が設けられている場合には、基板と遮光層の高さの差を埋めて、遮光層上に樹脂組成物が到達していることが好ましい。
 各紫外線硬化型樹脂の硬化物の膜厚は、貼り合せた後の樹脂硬化物層7が50~500μm、好ましくは50~350μm、更に好ましくは100~350μmとなるように調整される。ここで、遮光部を有する透明基板2の表面上に存在する紫外線硬化型樹脂の硬化物層の膜厚はその膜厚にもよるが、通常、液晶表示ユニット1の表面上に存在する紫外線硬化型樹脂の硬化物層の膜厚と同程度か又はそれよりも厚い方が好ましい。後記工程3において、紫外線を照射した後も、未硬化のまま残る部分を最小限にして、硬化不良の恐れをなくすためである。
(Process 1)
First, as shown to Fig.1 (a), an ultraviolet curable resin composition is apply | coated to the surface of the surface in which the light-shielding part of the transparent substrate 2 which has the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 and a light-shielding part is formed. Examples of the coating method include a slit coater, a roll coater, a spin coater, and a screen printing method. Here, the ultraviolet curable resin composition applied to the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the transparent substrate 2 having the light shielding portion may be the same, or different ultraviolet curable resin compositions may be used. Usually, it is preferable that both are the same ultraviolet curable resin composition. Here, when the light shielding layer is provided on the transparent substrate 2, it is preferable that the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
The film thickness of the cured product of each ultraviolet curable resin is adjusted so that the cured resin layer 7 after bonding has a thickness of 50 to 500 μm, preferably 50 to 350 μm, and more preferably 100 to 350 μm. Here, although the film thickness of the cured layer of the ultraviolet curable resin existing on the surface of the transparent substrate 2 having the light-shielding portion depends on the film thickness, the ultraviolet curable resin usually existing on the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 is used. It is preferable that the thickness is equal to or thicker than the thickness of the cured product layer of the mold resin. This is to minimize the portion that remains uncured even after irradiation with ultraviolet rays in Step 3 described later, thereby eliminating the risk of curing failure.
 塗布後の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物層5に紫外線8を照射して、塗布層の下部側(紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物からみて液晶表示ユニット側または透明基板側)に存在する硬化部分(図では未表示)と塗布層の上部側(液晶表示ユニット側と反対側または透明基板側と反対側)(大気中で行うときは大気側)に存在する未硬化部分(図では未表示)を有する硬化物層6を得る。照射量は5~2000mJ/cm2が好ましく、特に好ましくは、10~1000mJ/cm2である。照射量が少なすぎると、最終的に貼り合せた光学部材の樹脂の硬化度が不十分となるおそれがあり、照射量が多すぎると未硬化成分が少なくなり、液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2の貼り合せが不良となる恐れがある。
 本発明において、「未硬化」とは25℃環境下で流動性がある状態を示すものとする。また、紫外線照射後に樹脂組成物層を指で触り、指に液状成分が付着する場合は、未硬化部分を有するものと判断される。
 紫外~近紫外の紫外線照射による硬化には、紫外~近紫外の光線を照射するランプであれば光源を問わない。例えば、低圧、高圧若しくは超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、(パルス)キセノンランプ、または無電極ランプ等が挙げられる。
 本発明の工程1においては、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線の波長は特に限定されないが、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率(照度比)は30以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは200~320nmにおける照度が10以下である。
 320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率(照度比)は30よりも高いと、最終的に得られる光学部材の接着強度が劣ってしまう。これは、低波長での照度が高いと、工程1における硬化時に過度に紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化が進んでしまい、工程3における紫外線の照射における硬化の際の密着性に対する寄与が減少してしまうためと考えられる。
 ここで、上記照度比率となるように紫外線を照射する方法は、例えば、紫外~近紫外の光線を照射するランプとして、当該照度比率の条件を満たすランプを適用する方法や、ランプ自体が当該照度の条件を満たさない場合であっても、工程1の照射時において短波長の紫外線をカットする基材(例えば、短波紫外線カットフィルター、ガラス板、フィルム等)を使用することで、このような照度比率で照射することが可能となる。紫外線の照度比率を調整する基材としては特には限定されないが、例えば、短波紫外線カット処理が施されたガラス板、ソーダ石灰ガラス、PETフィルム等が挙げられる。尚、石英ガラス等の表面に凹凸処理を施した減衰板等はあまり効果的ではない。これらのものは、光を散乱させて照度を落とすため、320nm以下の短波長の照度を選択的に小さくすることには向かない。
 工程1において、紫外線の照射は、通常大気中で、塗布側の上部側表面(紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物から見て、液晶表示ユニット側と反対側または透明基板側と反対側)(通常大気面)から照射するのが好ましい。また、真空にした後に硬化阻害性の気体を塗布層の上面表面に噴霧しながら紫外線の照射を行っても構わない。大気中で樹脂組成物を硬化した場合には、液晶表示ユニット側と反対側または透明基板側と反対側は大気側となる。尚、工程1で形成される塗布層表面のタック性を上げたい場合は、真空環境下、又は窒素などの硬化阻害を起こさない気体の環境化で紫外線を照射しても良い。
 一方、工程3を省略する場合においては、真空中または硬化を促進させる気体(例えば、窒素)を噴霧しながら硬化を行うことが好適に行える。これにより、工程3を省略したとしても、十分な接着を行うことが可能となる。
The ultraviolet curable resin composition layer 5 after application is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8 and a cured portion (in the drawing, the liquid crystal display unit side or the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) is present (in the figure). Curing with uncured parts (not shown in the figure) present on the upper side of the coating layer (on the opposite side of the liquid crystal display unit side or on the opposite side of the transparent substrate side) (on the atmospheric side when performed in the atmosphere) A physical layer 6 is obtained. The irradiation amount is preferably 5 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 , particularly preferably 10 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 . If the amount of irradiation is too small, the degree of cure of the resin of the optical member that is finally bonded may be insufficient. If the amount of irradiation is too large, the amount of uncured components decreases, and the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion There is a possibility that the bonding of the transparent substrate 2 will be defective.
In the present invention, “uncured” refers to a fluid state in a 25 ° C. environment. In addition, when the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation and a liquid component adheres to the finger, it is determined to have an uncured portion.
For the curing by ultraviolet to near ultraviolet irradiation, any light source may be used as long as it is a lamp that irradiates ultraviolet to near ultraviolet rays. For example, a low-pressure, high-pressure or ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, (pulse) xenon lamp, or electrodeless lamp can be used.
In step 1 of the present invention, the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm. The (illuminance ratio) is preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less.
When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of maximum illuminance (illuminance ratio) at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the finally obtained optical member will be inferior. This is because if the illuminance at a low wavelength is high, the curing of the ultraviolet curable resin composition proceeds excessively at the time of curing in the step 1, and the contribution to the adhesion at the time of curing in the ultraviolet irradiation in the step 3 is reduced. This is thought to be due to this.
Here, the method of irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to achieve the above illuminance ratio includes, for example, a method of applying a lamp that satisfies the illuminance ratio as a lamp that irradiates ultraviolet to near ultraviolet rays, Even if the above condition is not satisfied, such illuminance can be obtained by using a base material (for example, a short wave ultraviolet cut filter, a glass plate, a film, etc.) that cuts short wavelength ultraviolet rays at the time of irradiation in step 1. Irradiation at a ratio is possible. Although it does not specifically limit as a base material which adjusts the illumination intensity ratio of an ultraviolet-ray, For example, the glass plate, soda-lime glass, PET film etc. which were given the short wave ultraviolet-ray cut process are mentioned. Incidentally, an attenuation plate or the like in which the surface of the quartz glass or the like has been subjected to uneven treatment is not very effective. Since these scatter the light and reduce the illuminance, they are not suitable for selectively reducing the illuminance at a short wavelength of 320 nm or less.
In step 1, irradiation with ultraviolet rays is usually carried out in the air at the upper surface on the coating side (on the opposite side of the liquid crystal display unit side or on the transparent substrate side as seen from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) (normal atmospheric surface) ). Further, ultraviolet irradiation may be performed while spraying a curing-inhibiting gas on the upper surface of the coating layer after evacuation. When the resin composition is cured in the atmosphere, the side opposite to the liquid crystal display unit side or the side opposite to the transparent substrate side is the atmosphere side. In addition, when it is desired to improve the tackiness of the surface of the coating layer formed in step 1, ultraviolet rays may be irradiated in a vacuum environment or in a gas environment that does not cause hardening inhibition such as nitrogen.
On the other hand, when step 3 is omitted, curing can be suitably performed in a vacuum or while spraying a gas (for example, nitrogen) that promotes curing. Thereby, even if the step 3 is omitted, sufficient adhesion can be performed.
 紫外線照射時に、紫外線硬化型樹脂層(塗布層)表面に酸素又はオゾンを吹きかけることにより、未硬化部分の状態や未硬化部分の膜厚を調整することができる。
 即ち、塗布層の表面に酸素又はオゾンを吹きかけることにより、その表面において、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化の酸素阻害が生じるため、その表面の未硬化部分を確実にしたり、また、未硬化部分の膜厚を厚くすることができる。
The state of the uncured portion and the film thickness of the uncured portion can be adjusted by spraying oxygen or ozone onto the surface of the ultraviolet curable resin layer (coating layer) during the ultraviolet irradiation.
That is, when oxygen or ozone is sprayed on the surface of the coating layer, oxygen inhibition of curing of the ultraviolet curable resin composition occurs on the surface, so that the uncured portion of the surface can be ensured or the uncured portion The film thickness can be increased.
(工程2)
 次に、未硬化部分同士が対向する形で、図1(b)に示すように、液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2を貼り合せる。貼り合せは、大気中及び真空中のいずれでもできる。
 ここで、貼り合わせの際に気泡が生じることを防ぐためには、真空中で貼り合わせることが好適である。
 このように、液晶表示ユニット及び透明基板の各々に硬化部分及び未硬化部分を有する紫外線硬化型樹脂の硬化物を得てから貼り合わせると、接着力の向上を期待することができる。
 貼り合わせは、加圧、プレス等により行うことができる。
(Process 2)
Next, as shown in FIG. 1B, the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the transparent substrate 2 having a light shielding portion are bonded together so that the uncured portions face each other. Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
Here, in order to prevent bubbles from being generated during bonding, it is preferable to perform bonding in a vacuum.
As described above, when a cured product of an ultraviolet curable resin having a cured portion and an uncured portion is obtained on each of the liquid crystal display unit and the transparent substrate, the adhesion can be improved.
Bonding can be performed by pressing, pressing, or the like.
(工程3)
 次に、図1(c)に示すように、透明基板2及び液晶表示ユニット1を貼り合せて得た光学部材に、遮光部を有する透明基板2側から紫外線8を照射して、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物(塗布層)を硬化させる。
 紫外線の照射量は積算光量で約100~4000mJ/cm2が好ましく、特に好ましくは、200~3000mJ/cm2程度である。紫外~近紫外の光線照射による硬化に使用する光源については、紫外~近紫外の光線を照射するランプであれば光源を問わない。例えば、低圧、高圧若しくは超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、(パルス)キセノンランプ、または無電極ランプ等が挙げられる。
 こうして、図5に示すような光学部材を得ることができる。
(Process 3)
Next, as shown in FIG.1 (c), the optical member obtained by bonding the transparent substrate 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 is irradiated with the ultraviolet-ray 8 from the transparent substrate 2 side which has a light-shielding part, and ultraviolet curable type The resin composition (coating layer) is cured.
The dose of ultraviolet rays is preferably about 100 ~ 4000mJ / cm 2 in accumulated light quantity, particularly preferably 200 ~ 3000mJ / cm 2 approximately. The light source used for curing by irradiation with ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light may be any lamp as long as it is a lamp that emits ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light. For example, a low-pressure, high-pressure or ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp, metal halide lamp, (pulse) xenon lamp, or electrodeless lamp can be used.
In this way, an optical member as shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained.
(第2の実施形態)
 第1の実施形態に加えて、次のような変形した第2の実施形態により本発明の光学部材を製造しても構わない。尚、各工程での詳細は上記の第1の実施形態と同様のことが当てはまるため、同じ部分については説明を省略する。
(Second Embodiment)
In addition to the first embodiment, the optical member of the present invention may be manufactured by the second modified embodiment described below. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted.
(工程1)
 まず、図2(a)に示すように、紫外線硬化型組成物を、遮光部を有する透明基板2上の遮光部4が形成された面に塗布した後、得られた塗布層(紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物層5)に紫外線8を照射して、塗布層の下部側(前記紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物からみて透明基板側)に存在する硬化部分と塗布層の上部側(透明基板側と反対側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層6を得る。ここで、透明基板2上に遮光層が設けられている場合には、基板と遮光層の高さの差を埋めて、遮光層上に樹脂組成物が到達していることが好ましい。
 このとき、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線の波長は特に限定されないが、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率は30以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは200~320nmにおける照度が10以下である。320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率は30よりも高いと、最終的に得られる光学部材の接着強度が劣ってしまう。
(Process 1)
First, as shown to Fig.2 (a), after apply | coating an ultraviolet curable composition to the surface in which the light-shielding part 4 was formed on the transparent substrate 2 which has a light-shielding part, the obtained coating layer (ultraviolet curable type) was obtained. The resin composition layer 5) is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8, and the cured portion present on the lower side of the coating layer (on the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) and the upper side of the coating layer (opposite of the transparent substrate side) The hardened | cured material layer 6 which has the unhardened part which exists in the side) is obtained. Here, when the light shielding layer is provided on the transparent substrate 2, it is preferable that the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
At this time, the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. Particularly preferably, the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less. When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the optical member finally obtained will be inferior.
(工程2)
 次に、図2(b)に示すように、得られた硬化物層6の未硬化部分と液晶表示ユニット1の表示面が対向する形で液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2を貼り合せる。貼り合せは、大気中及び真空中のいずれでもできる。
(Process 2)
Next, as shown in FIG. 2B, a transparent substrate 2 having a liquid crystal display unit 1 and a light shielding portion in a form in which the uncured portion of the obtained cured product layer 6 and the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 face each other. Paste. Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
(工程3)
 次に、図2(c)に示すように、透明基板2及び液晶表示ユニット1を貼り合わせて得た光学部材に、遮光部を有する透明基板2側から紫外線8を照射して、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の未硬化部分を有する硬化物層6を硬化させる。
(Process 3)
Next, as shown in FIG. 2C, the optical member obtained by laminating the transparent substrate 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8 from the transparent substrate 2 side having a light-shielding portion, so that an ultraviolet curable type is obtained. The cured product layer 6 having an uncured portion of the resin composition is cured.
 こうして、図5に示された光学部材を得ることが出来る。 Thus, the optical member shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained.
(第3の実施形態)
 図3は、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を使用する光学部材の製造方法の第3の実施形態を示す工程図である。尚、各工程での詳細は上記の第1の実施形態と同様のことが当てはまるため、同じ部分については説明を省略する。
 なお、上述した第1の実施の形態における構成部材と同じ部材については図中同一の符号を付し、その説明はここでは繰り返さない。
(Third embodiment)
FIG. 3 is a process diagram showing a third embodiment of a method for producing an optical member using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted.
In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected in the figure about the same member as the structural member in 1st Embodiment mentioned above, and the description is not repeated here.
(工程1)
 まず、図3(a)に示すように、紫外線硬化型組成物を、液晶表示ユニット1の表面に塗布した。その後、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物層5に紫外線8を照射して、塗布層の下部側8前記紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物からみて透明基板側)に存在する硬化部分と、塗布層の上部側(透明基板側と反対側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層6を得る。
 このとき、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線の波長は特に限定されないが、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度は30以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは200~320nmにおける照度が10以下である。320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度は30よりも高いと、最終的に得られる光学部材の接着強度が劣ってしまう。
(Process 1)
First, as shown in FIG. 3A, the ultraviolet curable composition was applied to the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1. Thereafter, the ultraviolet curable resin composition layer 5 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8, and the lower side 8 of the coating layer 8 and the cured portion present on the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition, and the upper side of the coating layer ( A cured product layer 6 having an uncured portion present on the side opposite to the transparent substrate side is obtained.
At this time, the wavelength of ultraviolet rays irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. The illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 10 or less. When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the finally obtained optical member will be inferior.
(工程2)
 次に、図3(b)に示すように、得られた硬化物層6の未硬化部分と遮光部を有する透明基板2上の遮光部が形成された面が対向する形で液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2を貼り合せる。貼り合せは、大気中及び真空中のいずれでもできる。
(Process 2)
Next, as shown in FIG. 3B, the liquid crystal display unit 1 is formed such that the uncured portion of the obtained cured product layer 6 and the surface on which the light shielding portion on the transparent substrate 2 having the light shielding portion is formed face each other. And a transparent substrate 2 having a light shielding portion are bonded together. Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
(工程3)
 次に、図3(c)に示すように、透明基板2及び液晶表示ユニット1を貼り合せて得た光学部材に、遮光部を有する透明基板2側から紫外線8を照射して、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の未硬化部分を有する硬化物層6を硬化させる。
(Process 3)
Next, as shown in FIG. 3C, the optical member obtained by laminating the transparent substrate 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8 from the transparent substrate 2 side having a light-shielding portion, thereby ultraviolet curing type. The cured product layer 6 having an uncured portion of the resin composition is cured.
 こうして、図5に示された光学部材を得ることが出来る。 Thus, the optical member shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained.
(第4の実施形態)
 第1の実施形態に加えて、次のような変形した第4の実施形態により本発明の光学部材を製造しても構わない。尚、各工程での詳細は上記の第1の実施形態と同様のことが当てはまるため、同じ部分については説明を省略する。尚、第4の実施形態は工程3を省略した第2の実施形態をもとに説明を行っているが、同省略を上記第1の実施形態ないし第3の実施形態で行うこともできる。
(Fourth embodiment)
In addition to the first embodiment, the optical member of the present invention may be manufactured by the following modified fourth embodiment. Note that the details in each step are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the description of the same parts is omitted. The fourth embodiment is described based on the second embodiment in which the step 3 is omitted, but the omission can be performed in the first to third embodiments.
(工程1)
 まず、図4(a)に示すように、紫外線硬化型組成物を、遮光部を有する透明基板2上の遮光部4が形成された面に塗布した後、得られた塗布層(紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物層5)に紫外線8を照射して、塗布層の下部側(前記紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物からみて透明基板側)に存在する硬化部分と塗布層の上部側(透明基板側と反対側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層6を得る。ここで、透明基板2上に遮光層が設けられている場合には、基板と遮光層の高さの差を埋めて、遮光層上に樹脂組成物が到達していることが好ましい。
 このとき、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線の波長は特に限定されないが、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率は30以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは200~320nmにおける照度が10以下である。320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmにおける最大照度の比率は30よりも高いと、最終的に得られる光学部材の接着強度が劣ってしまう。
(Process 1)
First, as shown to Fig.4 (a), after apply | coating an ultraviolet curable composition to the surface in which the light-shielding part 4 was formed on the transparent substrate 2 which has a light-shielding part, the obtained coating layer (ultraviolet curable type) was obtained. The resin composition layer 5) is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 8, and the cured portion present on the lower side of the coating layer (on the transparent substrate side as viewed from the ultraviolet curable resin composition) and the upper side of the coating layer (opposite of the transparent substrate side) The hardened | cured material layer 6 which has the unhardened part which exists in the side) is obtained. Here, when the light shielding layer is provided on the transparent substrate 2, it is preferable that the resin composition reaches the light shielding layer by filling the difference in height between the substrate and the light shielding layer.
At this time, the wavelength of the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition is not particularly limited, but when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is preferably 30 or less. Particularly preferably, the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less. When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, if the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is higher than 30, the adhesive strength of the optical member finally obtained will be inferior.
(工程2)
 次に、図4(b)に示すように、得られた硬化物層6の未硬化部分と液晶表示ユニット1の表示面が対向する形で液晶表示ユニット1と遮光部を有する透明基板2を貼り合せる。貼り合せは、大気中及び真空中のいずれでもできる。
(Process 2)
Next, as shown in FIG. 4B, the transparent substrate 2 having the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion in a form in which the uncured portion of the obtained cured product layer 6 and the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 face each other. Paste. Bonding can be performed either in air or in vacuum.
 こうして、図5に示された光学部材を得ることが出来る。 Thus, the optical member shown in FIG. 5 can be obtained.
 上記各実施形態は本発明の光学部材の製造方法の実施態様のいくつかを一つの具体的な光学基材で説明したものである。各実施形態では液晶表示ユニットおよび遮光部を有する透明基板を用いて説明したが、本発明の製造方法においては、液晶表示ユニットに代えて光学基材として後述する各種部材を使用することができ、透明基板についても、光学基材として後述する各種部材を使用することができる。
 それだけでなく、液晶表示ユニットおよび透明基板等の光学基材としては、これら各種部材に、更に、他の光学基材層(例えば、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物層で貼り合されたフィルム又はその他の光学基材層を積層したもの)を使用しても構わない。
 さらに、第1の実施形態の項で記載した、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の塗布方法、樹脂硬化物の膜厚、紫外線照射の際の照射量及び光源、及び、紫外線硬化型樹脂層表面に酸素又は窒素、またはオゾンを吹きかけることによる未硬化部分の膜厚調整方法等はいずれも、上記実施形態にのみ適用されるものでは無く、本発明に含まれるいずれの製造方法にも適用できる。
In the above embodiments, some of the embodiments of the method for producing an optical member of the present invention are described with one specific optical substrate. In each embodiment, the liquid crystal display unit and the transparent substrate having the light-shielding portion have been described, but in the manufacturing method of the present invention, various members described later can be used as an optical substrate instead of the liquid crystal display unit. Also about a transparent substrate, the various members mentioned later as an optical base material can be used.
In addition, as an optical substrate such as a liquid crystal display unit and a transparent substrate, these various members are further bonded to another optical substrate layer (for example, a film bonded with a cured layer of an ultraviolet curable resin composition). Or what laminated | stacked the other optical base material layer) may be used.
Furthermore, the coating method of the ultraviolet curable resin composition described in the section of the first embodiment, the film thickness of the cured resin, the irradiation amount and the light source at the time of ultraviolet irradiation, and oxygen on the surface of the ultraviolet curable resin layer In addition, any method for adjusting the film thickness of the uncured portion by spraying nitrogen or ozone is not applied only to the above-described embodiment, but can be applied to any manufacturing method included in the present invention.
 上記液晶表示ユニットも含め、上記の第1~第3の実施形態で製造し得る光学部材の具体的態様を下記に示す。
(i) 遮光部を有する光学基材が、遮光部を有する透明ガラス基板、遮光部を有する透明樹脂基板、及び遮光部と透明電極が形成してあるガラス基板からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの光学基材であり、それと貼り合される光学基材が液晶表示ユニット、プラズマ表示ユニットおよび有機ELユニットからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一つの表示ユニットであり、得られる光学部材が、該遮光部を有する光学基材を有する表示体ユニットである態様。
(ii) 一方の光学基材が遮光部を有する保護基材であり、それと貼り合される他の光学基材がタッチパネル又はタッチパネルを有する表示体ユニットであり、少なくとも2つの光学基材が貼り合された光学部材が、遮光部を有する保護基材を有するタッチパネル又はそれを有する表示体ユニットである態様。
 この場合、工程1においては、遮光部を有する保護基材の遮光部を設けられた面、又は、タッチパネルのタッチ面の何れか一方の面又はその両者に、前記の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布するのが好ましい。
(iii) 一方の光学基材が遮光部を有する光学基材であり、それと貼り合される他の光学基材が表示体ユニットであり、少なくとも2つの光学基材が貼り合された光学部材が遮光部を有する光学基材を有する表示体ユニットである態様。
 この場合、工程1において、遮光部を有する光学基材の遮光部が設けられた側の面、又は、表示体ユニットの表示面の何れか一方、又は、その両者に、前記の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布するのが好ましい。
 遮光部を有する光学基材の具体例としては、例えば、遮光部を有する表示画面用の保護板、又は、遮光部を有する保護基材を設けたタッチパネル等を挙げることが出来る。
 遮光部を有する光学基材の遮光部が設けられた側の面とは、例えば、遮光部を有する光学基材が遮光部を有する表示画面用の保護板であるときは、該保護板の遮光部が設けられた側の面である。また、遮光部を有する光学基材が、遮光部を有する保護基材を有するタッチパネルであるときには、遮光部を有する保護基材は遮光部を有する面がタッチパネルのタッチ面に貼り合されることから、遮光部を有する光学基材の遮光部が設けられた側の面とは、該タッチパネルのタッチ面とは反対のタッチパネルの基材面を意味する。
 遮光部を有する光学基材の遮光部は、光学基材の何れの位置にあっても良いが、通常透明板状又はシート状の光学基材の周囲に、枠状に作成され、その幅は、0.5mm~10mm程度であり、好ましくは1~8mm程度、より好ましくは2~8mm程度である。
Specific modes of the optical members that can be manufactured in the first to third embodiments including the liquid crystal display unit will be described below.
(I) At least one selected from the group consisting of an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion, a transparent glass substrate having a light-shielding portion, a transparent resin substrate having a light-shielding portion, and a glass substrate on which the light-shielding portion and the transparent electrode are formed. The optical base material is an optical base material, and the optical base material bonded thereto is at least one display unit selected from the group consisting of a liquid crystal display unit, a plasma display unit, and an organic EL unit. The aspect which is a display body unit which has an optical base material to have.
(Ii) One optical base material is a protective base material having a light-shielding part, and another optical base material bonded to it is a touch panel or a display unit having a touch panel, and at least two optical base materials are bonded. A mode in which the optical member is a touch panel having a protective base material having a light-shielding portion or a display unit having the same.
In this case, in Step 1, the ultraviolet curable resin composition is applied to either the surface of the protective base material having the light shielding portion, the touch surface of the touch panel, or both of them. It is preferable to apply.
(Iii) One optical substrate is an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion, the other optical substrate bonded to it is a display unit, and an optical member having at least two optical substrates bonded thereto The aspect which is a display body unit which has an optical base material which has a light-shielding part.
In this case, in the step 1, the ultraviolet curable resin is applied to either the surface of the optical substrate having the light shielding portion on the side where the light shielding portion is provided, the display surface of the display unit, or both of them. It is preferable to apply the composition.
Specific examples of the optical substrate having a light shielding part include a display screen protective plate having a light shielding part, or a touch panel provided with a protective substrate having a light shielding part.
For example, when the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is a protective plate for a display screen having the light-shielding portion, the surface of the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is provided on the side on which the light-shielding portion is provided. It is the surface on the side where the part is provided. In addition, when the optical substrate having the light shielding portion is a touch panel having a protective substrate having the light shielding portion, the surface having the light shielding portion of the protective substrate having the light shielding portion is bonded to the touch surface of the touch panel. The surface of the optical substrate having the light shielding portion on the side where the light shielding portion is provided means the substrate surface of the touch panel opposite to the touch surface of the touch panel.
The light-shielding part of the optical base material having the light-shielding part may be at any position of the optical base material, but is usually created in a frame shape around the optical base material in the form of a transparent plate or sheet, and its width is The thickness is about 0.5 mm to 10 mm, preferably about 1 to 8 mm, and more preferably about 2 to 8 mm.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、上記(工程1)~(工程2)、必要に応じては、さらに(工程3)により、少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせて、光学部材を製造する方法に使用することができる。
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物の硬化収縮率は4.0%以下であることが好ましく、3.0%以下であることが特に好ましい。これにより、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物が硬化する際に、樹脂硬化物に蓄積される内部応力を低減することができ、基材と紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる層との界面に歪みができることを有効に防止することができる。
 また、ガラス等の基材が薄い場合には、硬化収縮率が大きい場合には硬化時の反りが大きくなることから、表示性能に大きな悪影響を及ぼすため、当該観点からも、硬化収縮率は少ない方が好ましい。
The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is produced by bonding at least two optical substrates by the above (Step 1) to (Step 2) and, if necessary, further (Step 3). Can be used in the way.
The curing shrinkage of the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 4.0% or less, and particularly preferably 3.0% or less. Thereby, when the ultraviolet curable resin composition is cured, the internal stress accumulated in the cured resin can be reduced, and the interface between the base material and the layer made of the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition can be reduced. It is possible to effectively prevent the distortion.
In addition, when the base material such as glass is thin, the warping at the time of curing becomes large when the curing shrinkage rate is large. Is preferred.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物の400nm~800nmでの透過率が90%以上であることが好ましい。透過率が90%未満である場合、光が透過し難く、表示装置に使用した場合に視認性が低下してしまうためである。
 また、硬化物の400~450nmでの透過率が高いと視認性の向上が一層期待できることから、400~450nmでの透過率が90%以上であることが好ましい。
The transmittance at 400 nm to 800 nm of the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 90% or more. This is because when the transmittance is less than 90%, it is difficult for light to pass therethrough and the visibility is lowered when used in a display device.
Further, when the cured product has a high transmittance at 400 to 450 nm, the visibility can be further improved. Therefore, the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm is preferably 90% or more.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、上記(工程1)~(工程3)により、複数の光学基材を張り合わせて光学部材を製造するための接着剤として好適に使用することができる。
 本発明の光学部材の製造方法において使用する光学基材としては、透明板、シート、タッチパネル、及び表示体ユニット等を挙げることができる。
 本発明において「光学基材」とは、表面に遮光部を有さない光学基材と、表面に遮光部を有する光学基材の両者を意味する。本発明の光学部材の製造方法においては、好適には複数用いられる光学基材のうち少なくとも一つが、遮光部を有する光学基材である。
 上記遮光部を有する光学基材における遮光部の位置は、特に限定されない。好ましい態様としては、該光学基材の周辺部に、幅0.05~20mm、好ましくは0.05~10mm程度、より好ましくは0.1~6mm程度の幅を有する帯状の遮光部が形成される場合が挙げられる。光学基材上の遮光部は、テープの貼り付けや塗料の塗布又は印刷等によって形成することができる。
The ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an adhesive for producing an optical member by laminating a plurality of optical substrates by the above (Step 1) to (Step 3).
Examples of the optical substrate used in the method for producing an optical member of the present invention include a transparent plate, a sheet, a touch panel, and a display unit.
In the present invention, the “optical substrate” means both an optical substrate having no light shielding part on the surface and an optical substrate having a light shielding part on the surface. In the method for producing an optical member of the present invention, preferably, at least one of a plurality of optical base materials used is an optical base material having a light shielding portion.
The position of the light shielding part in the optical substrate having the light shielding part is not particularly limited. As a preferred embodiment, a band-shaped light shielding portion having a width of 0.05 to 20 mm, preferably about 0.05 to 10 mm, more preferably about 0.1 to 6 mm is formed in the peripheral portion of the optical substrate. Is the case. The light-shielding portion on the optical substrate can be formed by attaching a tape, applying a coating or printing.
 本発明に用いる光学基材の材質としては、様々な材料が使用できる。具体的には、PET、PC、PMMA、PCとPMMAの複合体、ガラス、COC、COP、プラスチック(アクリル樹脂等)等の樹脂が挙げられる。本発明に用いる光学基材、例えば透明板又はシートとしては、偏光板等のフィルム又はシートを複数積層したシート又は透明板、積層していないシート又は透明板、及び、無機ガラスから作成された透明板(無機ガラス板及びその加工品、例えばレンズ、プリズム、ITOガラス)等を使用することができる。 
 また、本発明に用いる光学基材は、上記した偏光板などの他、タッチパネル(タッチパネル入力センサー)又は下記の表示ユニット等の、複数の機能板又はシートからなる積層体(以下、「機能性積層体」とも言う。)を含む。
Various materials can be used as the material of the optical substrate used in the present invention. Specifically, resins such as PET, PC, PMMA, a composite of PC and PMMA, glass, COC, COP, plastic (such as acrylic resin), and the like can be given. As an optical substrate used in the present invention, for example, a transparent plate or sheet, a sheet or transparent plate obtained by laminating a plurality of films or sheets such as polarizing plates, a non-laminated sheet or transparent plate, and a transparent made from inorganic glass Plates (inorganic glass plates and processed products thereof, such as lenses, prisms, ITO glass) and the like can be used.
The optical substrate used in the present invention is a laminate composed of a plurality of functional plates or sheets (hereinafter referred to as “functional laminate”) such as a touch panel (touch panel input sensor) or the following display unit in addition to the polarizing plate described above. Also called "body").
 本発明に用いる光学基材として使用することができるシートとしては、アイコンシート、化粧シート、保護シートが挙げられる。本発明の光学部材の製造方法に使用することができる板(透明板)としては化粧板、保護板が挙げられる。これらのシートないし板の材質としては、透明板の材質として列挙したものが適用できる。
 本発明に用いる光学基材として使用することができるタッチパネル表面の材質としては、ガラス、PET、PC、PMMA、PCとPMMAの複合体、COC、COPが挙げられる。
 透明板又はシート等の板状又はシート状の光学基材の厚さは、特に制限されず、通常は、5μm程度から5cm程度、好ましくは10μm程度から10mm程度、より好ましくは50μm~3mm程度の厚さである。
Examples of the sheet that can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include an icon sheet, a decorative sheet, and a protective sheet. Examples of the plate (transparent plate) that can be used in the method for producing an optical member of the present invention include a decorative plate and a protective plate. As materials for these sheets or plates, those listed as materials for transparent plates can be applied.
Examples of the material of the touch panel surface that can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include glass, PET, PC, PMMA, a composite of PC and PMMA, COC, and COP.
The thickness of a plate-like or sheet-like optical substrate such as a transparent plate or a sheet is not particularly limited, and is usually about 5 μm to 5 cm, preferably about 10 μm to 10 mm, more preferably about 50 μm to 3 mm. Is the thickness.
 本発明の製造方法で得られる好ましい光学部材としては、遮光部を有する板状又はシート状の透明光学基材と、上記機能性積層体とが、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物で貼り合された光学部材を挙げることができる。
 また、本発明の製造方法において、光学基材の一つとして液晶表示装置等の表示ユニットを使用し、他の光学基材として光学機能材料を使用することにより、光学機能材料付き表示体ユニット(以下、表示パネルともいう。)を製造することができる。上記の表示ユニットとしては、例えば、ガラスに偏光板を貼り付けてあるLCD、ELディスプレイ、EL照明、電子ペーパーやプラズマディスプレイ等の表示装置が挙げられる。また、光学機能材料としては、アクリル板、PC板、PET板、PEN板等の透明プラスチック板、強化ガラス、タッチパネル入力センサーが挙げられる。
As a preferable optical member obtained by the production method of the present invention, a plate-shaped or sheet-shaped transparent optical base material having a light-shielding portion and the functional laminate are cured products of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention. The optical member bonded together can be mentioned.
Further, in the manufacturing method of the present invention, a display unit with an optical functional material (by using a display unit such as a liquid crystal display device as one of optical substrates and an optical functional material as another optical substrate ( Hereinafter, it is also referred to as a display panel). Examples of the display unit include display devices such as LCD, EL display, EL illumination, electronic paper, and plasma display in which a polarizing plate is attached to glass. Further, examples of the optical functional material include transparent plastic plates such as acrylic plates, PC plates, PET plates, and PEN plates, tempered glass, and touch panel input sensors.
 光学基材を貼り合わせる接着材として使用した場合に、視認性向上のために硬化物の屈折率が1.45~1.55であるとき、表示画像の視認性がより向上するため好ましい。
 当該屈折率の範囲内であれば、光学基材として使用される基材との屈折率の差を低減させることができ、光の乱反射を抑えて光損失を低減させることが可能となる。
When used as an adhesive for laminating an optical substrate, it is preferable that the refractive index of the cured product is 1.45 to 1.55 in order to improve the visibility because the visibility of the display image is further improved.
Within the range of the refractive index, the difference in refractive index from the base material used as the optical base material can be reduced, and the light loss can be reduced by suppressing the irregular reflection of light.
 本発明の製造方法で得られる光学部材の好ましい態様としては、下記(i)~(vii)を挙げることができる。
(i)遮光部を有する光学基材と前記機能性積層体とを、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物を用いて貼り合わせた光学部材。
(ii)遮光部を有する光学基材が、遮光部を有する透明ガラス基板、遮光部を有する透明樹脂基板、及び、遮光物と透明電極が形成してあるガラス基板からなる群から選ばれる光学基材であり、機能性積層体が表示体ユニット又はタッチパネルである上記(i)に記載の光学部材。
(iii)表示体ユニットが液晶表示体ユニット、プラズマ表示体ユニットおよび有機EL表示ユニットのいずれかである上記(ii)に記載の光学部材。
(iv)遮光部を有する板状又はシート状の光学基材を、タッチパネルのタッチ面側の表面に本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物を用いて貼り合わせたタッチパネル(又はタッチパネル入力センサー)。
(v)遮光部を有する板状又はシート状の光学基材を、表示体ユニットの表示画面上に本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化物を用いて貼り合わせた表示パネル。
(vi)遮光部を有する板状又はシート状の光学基材が、表示体ユニットの表示画面を保護するための保護基材又はタッチパネルである、上記(v)に記載の表示パネル。
(vii)紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物が、前記(1)~(10)のいずれか一項に記載の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物である、上記(i)~(vi)のいずれか一項に記載の光学部材、タッチパネル又は表示パネル。
Preferred embodiments of the optical member obtained by the production method of the present invention include the following (i) to (vii).
(I) The optical member which bonded together the optical base material which has a light-shielding part, and the said functional laminated body using the hardened | cured material of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of this invention.
(Ii) An optical base selected from the group consisting of a transparent glass substrate having a light shielding part, a transparent resin substrate having a light shielding part, and a glass substrate on which a light shielding material and a transparent electrode are formed, as the optical base material having the light shielding part. The optical member according to (i), which is a material and the functional laminate is a display unit or a touch panel.
(Iii) The optical member according to (ii), wherein the display unit is any one of a liquid crystal display unit, a plasma display unit, and an organic EL display unit.
(Iv) A touch panel (or touch panel input sensor) in which a plate-shaped or sheet-shaped optical substrate having a light-shielding portion is bonded to the surface on the touch surface side of the touch panel using the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention. ).
(V) A display panel in which a plate-like or sheet-like optical substrate having a light-shielding part is bonded to the display screen of the display unit using the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention.
(Vi) The display panel according to (v) above, wherein the plate-shaped or sheet-shaped optical substrate having a light-shielding portion is a protective substrate or a touch panel for protecting the display screen of the display unit.
(Vii) The ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of (i) to (vi), wherein the ultraviolet curable resin composition is the ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of (1) to (10). The optical member, touch panel or display panel described.
 本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を用いて、前記(工程1)~(工程3)に記載の方法で、上記の各光学基材から選ばれる複数の光学基材を貼り合わせることにより、本発明の光学部材が得られる。前記工程1において、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物は、貼り合わせる2つの光学基材における、硬化物層を介して対向する面の一方のみに塗布しても良いし、両方の面に塗布しても良い。
 例えば、前記機能性積層体がタッチパネル又は表示体ユニットである上記(ii)に記載の光学部材の場合、工程1において、遮光部を有する保護基材のいずれか一方の面、好ましくは遮光部が設けられた面、及び、タッチパネルのタッチ面又は表示体ユニットの表示面の何れか一方のみに該樹脂組成物を塗布しても良いし、その両方に塗布しても良い。
 また、表示体ユニットの表示画面を保護するための保護基材又はタッチパネルを表示体ユニットと貼り合わせた上記(vi)の光学部材の場合、工程1において、保護基材の遮光部が設けられた面又はタッチパネルのタッチ面とは反対の基材面、及び、表示体ユニットの表示面の何れか一方のみに該樹脂組成物を塗布しても良いし、その両方に塗布しても良い。
By using the ultraviolet curable resin composition of the present invention and bonding a plurality of optical substrates selected from the above optical substrates by the method described in (Step 1) to (Step 3), The optical member of the invention is obtained. In the step 1, the ultraviolet curable resin composition may be applied to only one of the surfaces facing each other through the cured product layer in the two optical substrates to be bonded, or may be applied to both surfaces. good.
For example, in the case of the optical member according to the above (ii) in which the functional laminate is a touch panel or a display unit, in Step 1, any one surface of the protective base material having a light shielding part, preferably the light shielding part is provided. The resin composition may be applied to only one of the provided surface and the touch surface of the touch panel or the display surface of the display unit, or may be applied to both of them.
In the case of the optical member of (vi) described above in which a protective base material or a touch panel for protecting the display screen of the display body unit is bonded to the display body unit, in Step 1, a light shielding portion of the protective base material is provided. The resin composition may be applied to only one of the substrate surface opposite to the surface or the touch surface of the touch panel and the display surface of the display unit, or to both of them.
 本発明の製造方法により得られた表示体ニットと遮光部を有する光学基材とを含む光学部材は、例えば、テレビ、小型ゲーム機、携帯電話、パソコンなどの電子機器に組み込むことができる。 The optical member including the display unit knit obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention and the optical base material having the light shielding portion can be incorporated into an electronic device such as a television, a small game machine, a mobile phone, and a personal computer.
 以下、本発明を実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれら実施例により何ら制限されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
合成例1
 還流冷却器、攪拌機、温度計、温度調節装置を備えた反応器に、水添ポリブタジエンポリオール化合物として日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(ヨウ素価:12.2、水酸基価:46.8mg・KOH/g)を569.73g(0.24mol)、ジオール化合物として旭硝子(株)製エクセノール3020(ポリプロピレングリコール、水酸基価:35.9mg・KOH/g)を7.50g(0.0024mol)、重合性化合物として新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)を171.49g、重合禁止剤として4-メトキシフェノールを0.41gを添加し均一になるまで攪拌し、内部温度を50℃とした。続いてポリイソシアネート化合物としてイソホロンジイソシアネートを80.03g(0.36mol)を添加し80℃で目標のNCO含有量に達するまで反応させた。次に、少なくとも1つ以上の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物として大阪有機化学工業(株)製2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレートを28.70g(0.247mol)、ウレタン化反応触媒としてオクチル酸スズを0.20gを添加し、80℃で反応させ、NCO含有量が0.1%以下となったところを反応の終点とし、ポリウレタン化合物(E-1)を得た。
Synthesis example 1
To a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (iodine value: 12.2, hydroxyl value: 46.8 mg · KOH) as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound / G) is 569.73 g (0.24 mol), 7.50 g (0.0024 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg · KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. as a diol compound is polymerizable. 171.49 g of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. as a compound and 0.41 g of 4-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor were added and stirred until uniform, and the internal temperature was 50 ° C. did. Subsequently, 80.03 g (0.36 mol) of isophorone diisocyanate was added as a polyisocyanate compound and reacted at 80 ° C. until the target NCO content was reached. Next, 28.70 g (0.247 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was used as the (meth) acrylate compound having at least one hydroxyl group, and 0 octylate tin was used as the urethanization reaction catalyst. .20 g was added and reacted at 80 ° C., and when the NCO content was 0.1% or less, the end point of the reaction was taken to obtain a polyurethane compound (E-1).
合成例2
 還流冷却器、攪拌機、温度計、温度調節装置を備えた反応器に、水添ポリブタジエンポリオール化合物として日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(ヨウ素価:12.2、水酸基価:46.8mg・KOH/g)を545.99g(0.23mol)、ジオール化合物として旭硝子(株)製エクセノール3020(ポリプロピレングリコール、水酸基価:35.9mg・KOH/g)を7.19g(0.0023mol)、重合性化合物として新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)を208.51g、重合禁止剤として4-メトキシフェノールを0.37gを添加し均一になるまで攪拌し、内部温度を50℃とした。続いてポリイソシアネート化合物としてイソホロンジイソシアネートを61.35g(0.28mol)を添加し80℃で目標のNCO含有量に達するまで反応させた。次に、少なくとも1つ以上の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物として大阪有機化学工業(株)製2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレートを11.00g(0.095mol)、ウレタン化反応触媒としてオクチル酸スズを0.20gを添加し、80℃で反応させ、NCO含有量が0.1%以下となったところを反応の終点とし、ポリウレタン化合物(E-2)を得た。
Synthesis example 2
To a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (iodine value: 12.2, hydroxyl value: 46.8 mg · KOH) as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound / G) is 545.99 g (0.23 mol), 7.19 g (0.0023 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg · KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. as a diol compound is polymerizable. 208.51 g of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. as a compound and 0.37 g of 4-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor were added and stirred until uniform, and the internal temperature was 50 ° C. did. Subsequently, 61.35 g (0.28 mol) of isophorone diisocyanate was added as a polyisocyanate compound and reacted at 80 ° C. until the target NCO content was reached. Next, 11.00 g (0.095 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was used as the (meth) acrylate compound having at least one hydroxyl group, and 0 octylate tin was used as the urethanization reaction catalyst. .20 g was added and reacted at 80 ° C., and when the NCO content was 0.1% or less, the end point of the reaction was taken to obtain a polyurethane compound (E-2).
合成例3
 還流冷却器、攪拌機、温度計、温度調節装置を備えた反応器に、水添ポリブタジエンポリオール化合物としてCRAY VALLEY製KRASOL HLBH-P 2000(ヨウ素価:13.5、水酸基価:0.89meq/g)を511.69g(0.23mol)、ジオール化合物として旭硝子(株)製エクセノール3020(ポリプロピレングリコール、水酸基価:35.9mg・KOH/g)を7.19g(0.0023mol)、重合性化合物として新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)を197.08g、重合禁止剤として4-メトキシフェノールを0.36gを添加し均一になるまで攪拌し、内部温度を50℃とした。続いてポリイソシアネート化合物としてイソホロンジイソシアネートを61.35g(0.28mol)を添加し80℃で目標のNCO含有量に達するまで反応させた。次に、少なくとも1つ以上の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物として大阪有機化学工業(株)製2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレートを11.00g(0.095mol)、ウレタン化反応触媒としてオクチル酸スズを0.20gを添加し、80℃で反応させ、NCO含有量が0.1%以下となったところを反応の終点とし、ポリウレタン化合物(E-3)を得た。
Synthesis example 3
In a reactor equipped with a reflux condenser, a stirrer, a thermometer, and a temperature control device, as a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol compound, KRASOL HLBH-P 2000 (iodine value: 13.5, hydroxyl value: 0.89 meq / g) manufactured by CRAY VALLEY 511.69 g (0.23 mol), 7.19 g (0.0023 mol) of Exenol 3020 (polypropylene glycol, hydroxyl value: 35.9 mg · KOH / g) manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. as a diol compound, and a new polymerizable compound 197.08 g of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. and 0.36 g of 4-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor were added and stirred until uniform, and the internal temperature was adjusted to 50 ° C. Subsequently, 61.35 g (0.28 mol) of isophorone diisocyanate was added as a polyisocyanate compound and reacted at 80 ° C. until the target NCO content was reached. Next, 11.00 g (0.095 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was used as the (meth) acrylate compound having at least one hydroxyl group, and 0 octylate tin was used as the urethanization reaction catalyst. .20 g was added and reacted at 80 ° C., and when the NCO content was 0.1% or less, the end point of the reaction was taken to obtain a polyurethane compound (E-3).
実施例1
 合成例1のポリウレタン化合物(E-1)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)22質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(1,2-水素化ポリブタジエングリコール)20質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部、和光純薬(株)製PBD(2-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-t-ブチルフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール0.05質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。この樹脂組成物の粘度は3200mPa・sであった。
Example 1
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-1) of Synthesis Example 1, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by mass, BASF IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl) Ketone) 0.5 parts by mass, PBD (2- (4-Bifeni) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Lu) -5- (4-t-butylphenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.05 parts by mass) was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention. The viscosity of the composition was 3200 mPa · s.
実施例2
 合成例2のポリウレタン化合物(E-2)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)22質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(1,2-水素化ポリブタジエングリコール)20質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部、和光純薬(株)製PBD(2-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-t-ブチルフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール0.05質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。この樹脂組成物の粘度は5000mPa・sであった。
Example 2
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-2) of Synthesis Example 2, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd. Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) 18 parts by mass, JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation LV-100 (polybutene) 10 parts by mass, Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. GI-2000 (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by mass, BASF IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl) Ketone) 0.5 parts by weight, PBD (2- (4-Bifeni) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Lu) -5- (4-t-butylphenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.05 parts by mass) was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention. The viscosity of the composition was 5000 mPa · s.
実施例3
 合成例3のポリウレタン化合物(E-3)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)22質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(1,2-水素化ポリブタジエングリコール)20質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部、和光純薬(株)製PBD(2-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-t-ブチルフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール0.05質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。この樹脂組成物の粘度は5500mPa・sであった。
Example 3
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-3) of Synthesis Example 3, 22 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by mass, BASF IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl) Ketone) 0.5 parts by weight, PBD (2- (4-Bifeni) manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Lu) -5- (4-t-butylphenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole (0.05 parts by mass) was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention. The viscosity of the composition was 5500 mPa · s.
 実施例1~3を表1に示し、以下の評価を行った。 Examples 1 to 3 are shown in Table 1, and the following evaluation was performed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
(粘度)
 E型粘度計(TV-200:東機産業(株)製)を用い、25℃にて測定した。
(viscosity)
Measurement was performed at 25 ° C. using an E-type viscometer (TV-200: manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
(屈折率)
 樹脂の屈折率(25℃)をアッベ屈折率計(DR-M2:(株)アタゴ製)で測定した。
(Refractive index)
The refractive index (25 ° C.) of the resin was measured with an Abbe refractometer (DR-M2: manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.).
(硬化収縮率)
 フッ素系離型剤を塗布した厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうち1枚の離型剤塗布面に、得られた紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるよう塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを、それぞれの離型剤塗布面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを剥離し、膜比重測定用の硬化物を作製した。JIS K7112 B法に準拠し、硬化物の比重(DS)を測定した。また、25℃で樹脂組成物の液比重(DL)を測定した。DS及びDLの測定結果から、次式より硬化収縮率を算出したところ、2.5%未満であった。
硬化収縮率(%)=(DS-DL)÷DS×100
(Curing shrinkage)
Prepare two glass slides with a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based release agent, and apply the resulting UV-curable adhesive composition to one of the release agent application surfaces so that the film thickness is 200 μm. did. Thereafter, the two slide glasses were bonded so that the respective release agent application surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 3000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two slide glasses were peeled off to produce a cured product for measuring the film specific gravity. Based on JIS K7112 B method, specific gravity (DS) of hardened | cured material was measured. Moreover, the liquid specific gravity (DL) of the resin composition was measured at 25 degreeC. From the measurement results of DS and DL, the cure shrinkage rate was calculated from the following formula and found to be less than 2.5%.
Curing shrinkage (%) = (DS−DL) ÷ DS × 100
(剛性率)
 離型処理されたPETフィルムを2枚用意し、そのうち1枚の離形面に、得られた紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した。その後、2枚のPETフィルムを、それぞれ離型面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合せた。PETフィルム越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のPETフィルムを剥離し、剛性率測定用の硬化物を作製した。剛性率はARES(TA Instruments社製)で測定した。
(Rigidity)
Two release-treated PET films were prepared, and the obtained ultraviolet curable adhesive composition was applied to one of the release surfaces so that the film thickness was 200 μm. Thereafter, the two PET films were bonded together such that the release surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 3000 mJ / cm 2 through a PET film with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two PET films were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring the rigidity. The rigidity was measured with ARES (manufactured by TA Instruments).
(透過率)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうちの1枚に、得られた紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物を硬化後の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させ、透過率測定用の硬化物を作製した。得られた硬化物の透明性については、分光光度計(U-3310、日立ハイテクノロジーズ(株))を用いて、400~800nm及び400~450nmの波長領域における透過率を測定した。その結果、400~800nmの透過率90%以上であり、かつ、400~450nmの透過率が90%以上であった。
(Transmittance)
Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared, and the obtained ultraviolet curable adhesive composition was applied to one of them so that the film thickness after curing was 200 μm. Then, two slide glasses were bonded together. The resin composition was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less) through the glass to prepare a cured product for measuring transmittance. Regarding the transparency of the obtained cured product, the transmittance in the wavelength region of 400 to 800 nm and 400 to 450 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3310, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). As a result, the transmittance at 400 to 800 nm was 90% or more, and the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm was 90% or more.
(耐熱、耐湿接着性)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラスと厚さ1mmのガラス板、若しくは片面に偏光フィルムを貼った厚さ1mmのガラス板を用意し、一方に得られた紫外線硬化型接着剤組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した後、その塗布面に他方を貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに、高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させ、接着性評価用サンプルを作製した。これを用いて、85℃の耐熱試験、60℃90%RHの耐湿試験を行い、100時間放置した。その評価用サンプルにおいて、目視にてガラス又は偏光フィルムからの樹脂硬化物の剥がれを確認したが、剥がれはなかった。
(Heat and moisture resistant adhesion)
A 1 mm thick glass slide and a 1 mm thick glass plate, or a 1 mm thick glass plate with a polarizing film pasted on one side are prepared, and the obtained UV curable adhesive composition has a film thickness of 200 μm. Then, the other was bonded to the coated surface. Through the glass, the resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less), and the resin composition was cured to prepare a sample for evaluating adhesiveness. Using this, a heat resistance test at 85 ° C. and a humidity resistance test at 60 ° C. and 90% RH were conducted and left for 100 hours. In the sample for evaluation, peeling of the cured resin from the glass or polarizing film was confirmed visually, but there was no peeling.
実施例4
 合成例1のポリウレタン化合物(E-1)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)19質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(1,2-水素化ポリブタジエングリコール)20質量部、大阪有機化学工業(株)製4-HBA(4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート)3質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。
Example 4
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-1) of Synthesis Example 1, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd. 4-HBA (4-hydroxybutyl acrylate) 3 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethyl) 0.5 parts by mass of benzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide), IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclo) manufactured by BASF Hexylphenylketone) 0.5 parts by mass was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention.
実施例5
 合成例2のポリウレタン化合物(E-2)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)19質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、日本曹達(株)製GI-2000(1,2-水素化ポリブタジエングリコール)20質量部、大阪有機化学工業(株)製4-HBA(4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート)3質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。
Example 5
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-2) of Synthesis Example 2, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, GI-2000 manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. (1,2-hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd. 4-HBA (4-hydroxybutyl acrylate) 3 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethyl) 0.5 parts by mass of benzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide), IRGACURE184 (1-hydroxycyclo) manufactured by BASF Hexylphenylketone) 0.5 parts by mass was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention.
実施例6
 合成例3のポリウレタン化合物(E-3)20質量部、新中村化学(株)製S-1800A(イソステアリルアクリレート)19質量部、日油(株)製ブレンマーLA(ラウリルアクリレート)10質量部、ヤスハラケミカル(株)製クリアロンM-105(芳香族変性水添テルペン樹脂)18質量部、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)製LV-100(ポリブテン)10質量部、旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製T-5652(ポリカーボネートポリオール)20質量部、大阪有機化学工業(株)製4-HBA(4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート)3質量部、LAMBSON社製スピードキュアTPO(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)0.5質量部、BASF社製IRGACURE184(1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン)0.5質量部を70℃に加温、混合し、本発明の樹脂組成物を得た。
Example 6
20 parts by mass of the polyurethane compound (E-3) of Synthesis Example 3, 19 parts by mass of S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate) manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of Bremer LA (lauryl acrylate) manufactured by NOF Corporation, 18 parts by mass of Clearon M-105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin) manufactured by Yashara Chemical Co., Ltd., 10 parts by mass of LV-100 (polybutene) manufactured by JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corporation, T-5562 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation (Polycarbonate polyol) 20 parts by mass, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd. 4-HBA (4-hydroxybutyl acrylate) 3 parts by mass, LAMBSON speed cure TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by mass, IRGACURE 184 (1-hydroxycyclohexyl) manufactured by BASF Ruphenylketone) 0.5 parts by mass was heated to 70 ° C. and mixed to obtain a resin composition of the present invention.
 実施例4~6を表2に示し、以下の評価を行った。 Examples 4 to 6 are shown in Table 2 and evaluated as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
(粘度)
 E型粘度計(TV-200:東機産業(株)製)を用い、25℃にて測定した。
(viscosity)
Measurement was performed at 25 ° C. using an E-type viscometer (TV-200: manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
(屈折率)
 樹脂の屈折率(25℃)をアッベ屈折率計(DR-M2:(株)アタゴ製)で測定した。
(Refractive index)
The refractive index (25 ° C.) of the resin was measured with an Abbe refractometer (DR-M2: manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.).
(硬化収縮率)
 フッ素系離型剤を塗布した厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうち1枚の離型剤塗布面に、得られた紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるよう塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを、それぞれの離型剤塗布面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを剥離し、膜比重測定用の硬化物を作製した。JIS K7112 B法に準拠し、硬化物の比重(DS)を測定した。また、25℃で樹脂組成物の液比重(DL)を測定した。DS及びDLの測定結果から、次式より硬化収縮率を算出した。
硬化収縮率(%)=(DS-DL)÷DS×100
(Curing shrinkage)
Two glass slides having a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the obtained ultraviolet curable resin composition was applied to one of the release agent application surfaces so that the film thickness was 200 μm. . Thereafter, the two slide glasses were bonded so that the respective release agent application surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 3000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two slide glasses were peeled off to produce a cured product for measuring the film specific gravity. Based on JIS K7112 B method, specific gravity (DS) of hardened | cured material was measured. Moreover, the liquid specific gravity (DL) of the resin composition was measured at 25 degreeC. From the measurement results of DS and DL, the cure shrinkage rate was calculated from the following formula.
Curing shrinkage (%) = (DS−DL) ÷ DS × 100
(剛性率)
 離型処理されたPETフィルムを2枚用意し、そのうち1枚の離形面に、得られた紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した。その後、2枚のPETフィルムを、それぞれ離型面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合せた。PETフィルム越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のPETフィルムを剥離し、剛性率測定用の硬化物を作製した。剛性率はARES(TA Instruments社製)で測定した。
(Rigidity)
Two release-treated PET films were prepared, and the obtained ultraviolet curable resin composition was applied to one of the release surfaces so that the film thickness was 200 μm. Thereafter, the two PET films were bonded together such that the release surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 3000 mJ / cm 2 through a PET film with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two PET films were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring the rigidity. The rigidity was measured with ARES (manufactured by TA Instruments).
(透過率)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうちの1枚に、得られた紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を硬化後の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させ、透過率測定用の硬化物を作製した。得られた硬化物の透明性については、分光光度計(U-3310、日立ハイテクノロジーズ(株))を用いて、400~800nm及び400~450nmの波長領域における透過率を測定した。その結果、400~800nmの透過率90%以上であり、かつ、400~450nmの透過率が90%以上であった。
(Transmittance)
Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared, and the obtained ultraviolet curable resin composition was applied to one of them so that the film thickness after curing was 200 μm. Then, two slide glasses were bonded together. The resin composition was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less) through the glass to prepare a cured product for measuring transmittance. Regarding the transparency of the obtained cured product, the transmittance in the wavelength region of 400 to 800 nm and 400 to 450 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3310, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). As a result, the transmittance at 400 to 800 nm was 90% or more, and the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm was 90% or more.
(耐熱、耐湿接着性)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラスと厚さ1mmのガラス板、若しくは片面に偏光フィルムを貼った厚さ1mmのガラス板を用意し、一方に得られた紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した後、その塗布面に他方を貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに、高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させ、接着性評価用サンプルを作製した。これを用いて、85℃の耐熱試験、60℃90%RHの耐湿試験を行い、100時間放置した。その評価用サンプルにおいて、目視にてガラス又は偏光フィルムからの樹脂硬化物の剥がれを確認したが、剥がれはなかった。
(Heat and moisture resistant adhesion)
Prepare a slide glass with a thickness of 1 mm and a glass plate with a thickness of 1 mm, or a glass plate with a thickness of 1 mm with a polarizing film pasted on one side, and the obtained UV curable resin composition has a film thickness of 200 μm. Then, the other was bonded to the coated surface. Through the glass, the resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less), and the resin composition was cured to prepare a sample for evaluating adhesiveness. Using this, a heat resistance test at 85 ° C. and a humidity resistance test at 60 ° C. and 90% RH were conducted and left for 100 hours. In the sample for evaluation, peeling of the cured resin from the glass or polarizing film was confirmed visually, but there was no peeling.
 得られた本発明の上記実施例1~6の樹脂組成物を用いて以下評価を行った。 The following evaluation was performed using the obtained resin compositions of Examples 1 to 6 of the present invention.
(耐白化性)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、一方のスライドガラスに実施例4~6の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布し、その塗布面に他方のスライドガラスを貼り合わせた。その後、ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス/IRカットフィルター付き)で積算光量4000mJ/cmの紫外線を該組成物に照射した。得られた試験片を80℃85%RH環境下に48時間投入後、25℃45%RH環境に取り出してから15分後の膜の状態と、取り出してから3時間後の硬化膜の状態を目視にて確認した。
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラスに実施例4~6の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布し、その塗布面に剥離PETフィルムを貼り合わせた。その後、剥離PETフィルム越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス/IRカットフィルター付き)で積算光量4000mJ/cmの紫外線を該組成物に照射した。得られた接合体を80℃85%RH環境下に48時間投入後、25℃45%RH環境に取り出してから15分後の膜の状態と、取り出してから3時間後の硬化膜の状態を目視にて確認した。評価した結果、実施例4~6の組成物はいずれも○であった。
(Whitening resistance)
Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared, and applied to one slide glass so that the film thickness of Examples 4 to 6 was 200 μm, and the other slide glass was bonded to the coated surface. Thereafter, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having a cumulative light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with an ozone-less / IR cut filter). The obtained test piece was placed in an environment of 80 ° C. and 85% RH for 48 hours, and then the state of the film 15 minutes after removal into the 25 ° C. and 45% RH environment, and the state of the cured film 3 hours after removal. It was confirmed visually.
It applied so that the film thickness of Examples 4-6 might be set to 200 micrometers on the slide glass of thickness 1mm, and peeling PET film was bonded together on the application surface. Thereafter, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 through a peeled PET film with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with ozone-less / IR cut filter). The obtained joined body was put in an environment of 80 ° C. and 85% RH for 48 hours, and then the state of the film 15 minutes after being taken out in the environment of 25 ° C. and 45% RH, and the state of the cured film 3 hours after being taken out. It was confirmed visually. As a result of the evaluation, the compositions of Examples 4 to 6 were all “good”.
〇:膜の白化なし
△:15分後は白化していたが、3時間後には白化していなかった
×:15分後に白化しており、且つ3時間後も白化していた
◯: No whitening of the film Δ: Whitening after 15 minutes but no whitening after 3 hours ×: Whitening after 15 minutes and also whitening after 3 hours
(接着強度1)
 実施例1~6の硬化後の膜厚が200μmとなるようにPETフィルムと厚さ1mmのガラス板を貼り合わせた後、PETフィルム越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス/IRカットフィルター付き)で積算光量4000mJ/cmの紫外線を該組成物に照射した。得られた接合体を用いてJISZ0237に準拠する方法により密着性を測定した。PETフィルムと厚さ1mmのガラス板の接合体を、PETフィルムが上面となるようにガラス板を水平に固定し、PETフィルムの端部から垂直方向(90°上方)に引き剥すのに必要な力を測定した。評価結果及び判定結果はいずれも○であった。
(Adhesive strength 1)
A PET film and a 1 mm thick glass plate were bonded together so that the cured film thicknesses of Examples 1 to 6 were 200 μm, and then a high pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with ozoneless / IR cut filter) through the PET film. Then, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 4000 mJ / cm 2 . Adhesiveness was measured by the method based on JISZ0237 using the obtained joined body. Necessary for stripping the joined body of PET film and 1 mm thick glass plate horizontally so that the PET film is on the top surface, and peeling vertically from the end of the PET film (90 ° upward) The force was measured. The evaluation result and the determination result were both “good”.
〇:接着強度6.0N/cm以上
△:接着強度1.5N/cm以上 6.0N/cm未満
×:接着強度1.5N/cm未満
◯: Adhesive strength of 6.0 N / cm or more Δ: Adhesive strength of 1.5 N / cm or more and less than 6.0 N / cm ×: Adhesive strength of less than 1.5 N / cm
(硬化速度)
 厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、実施例1~6の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布し、その塗布面に他方のスライドガラスを貼り合わせた。その後、ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス/IRカットフィルター付き)で積算光量100mJ/cmの紫外線を該組成物に照射した。その後、スライドガラスを引き剥がし、該組成物の状態を確認した。評価結果はいずれも○であった。
(Curing speed)
Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared and applied so that the film thicknesses of Examples 1 to 6 were 200 μm, and the other slide glass was bonded to the application surface. Thereafter, the composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, with ozone-less / IR cut filter). Thereafter, the slide glass was peeled off, and the state of the composition was confirmed. The evaluation results were all good.
〇:流動性がない
×:硬化が不十分で流動性がある
○: No fluidity ×: Insufficient curing and fluidity
(接着強度2)下記実験例に従いガラスの接合体を得た。
実験例1:幅2cm×長さ3.5cm×厚1mmサイズのガラス板を2枚用意し、そのうち一方のガラス板の中央に、前記組成物Cを厚さ200μm、直径1cmの円になるように塗布した。その後、得られた塗布層に、無電極紫外線ランプ(ヘレウス・ノーブルライト・フュージョン・ユーブイ社製、Dバルブ)を用いて、320nm以下の波長を遮る紫外線カットフィルター越しに、大気側から積算光量100mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、塗布層の下部側(ガラス板側)に存在する硬化部分と塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層を形成した。尚、この時実施例1~6に照射された紫外線は、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度の比率は3であった。さらに、塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分と、もう一方のガラス板を十字(90℃に交差する向き)に貼り合わせ、貼り合わせた方のガラス越しに積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することにより樹脂硬化物層を硬化させ、接合体を得た。
実験例2:320nm以下の波長を遮る紫外線カットフィルターを、厚さ0.5mmのガラス板に変更したこと以外は、実験例1と同様にして塗布層の下部側(ガラス板側)に存在する硬化部分と塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層を形成した。尚、この時実施例1~6に照射された紫外線は、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度の比率は21であった。さらに、塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分と、もう一方のガラス板を十字(90℃に交差する向き)に貼り合わせ、貼り合わせた方のガラス越しに積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することにより樹脂硬化物層を硬化させ、接合体を得た。
実験例3:320nm以下の波長を遮る紫外線カットフィルターを使用しなかったこと以外は実験例1と同様にして、塗布層の下部側(ガラス板側)に存在する硬化部分と塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層を形成した。尚、この時組成物Cに照射された紫外線は、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度の比率は45であった。さらに、塗布層の上部側(大気側)に存在する未硬化部分と、もう一方のガラス板を十字(90℃に交差する向き)に貼り合わせ、貼り合わせた方のガラス越しに積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することにより樹脂硬化物層を硬化させ、接合体を得た。
実験例4:アプリケーターを用いて、前記組成物Cの厚さが200μmとなるように、100mm×100mmの厚さ100μmの剥離PETフィルム上に塗布した後、厚さが25μmの剥離PETフィルムで覆った。次に、無電極紫外線ランプ(ヘレウス・ノーブルライト・フュージョン・ユーブイ社製、Dバルブ)を用いて積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射して前記組成物Cを硬化させ、厚さが200μmの透明粘着シートを得た。その後、粘着シートを直径1cmの円状に切り取った後、厚さが100μmの剥離PETフィルムを剥離した。次に、質量が1kg、幅が20mmのゴムローラーを1往復させることにより、剥離PETフィルムを剥離した透明粘着シートを幅2cm×長さ3.5cm×厚み1mmサイズのガラス板の中央に貼付けた。その後、厚さが25μの剥離PETフィルムを剥離し、透明粘着シートに、幅2cm×長さ3.5cm×厚み1mmサイズのガラス板を十字(90℃に交差する向き)に貼り合わせ、接合体を得た。
(Adhesive strength 2) A glass joined body was obtained in accordance with the following experimental example.
Experimental Example 1: Two glass plates having a size of width 2 cm × length 3.5 cm × thickness 1 mm were prepared, and the composition C was formed into a circle having a thickness of 200 μm and a diameter of 1 cm in the center of one of the glass plates. It was applied to. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D-bulb manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.) is used for the obtained coating layer, and the accumulated light quantity is 100 mJ from the atmosphere through an ultraviolet cut filter that blocks a wavelength of 320 nm or less. / Cm 2 of ultraviolet rays was irradiated to form a cured product layer having a cured portion present on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer and an uncured portion present on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer. Note that the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 3 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to Examples 1 to 6 at this time. Furthermore, the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass. The cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
Experimental example 2: Except that the ultraviolet cut filter that blocks the wavelength of 320 nm or less is changed to a glass plate having a thickness of 0.5 mm, it exists on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer in the same manner as in Experimental example 1. A cured product layer having a cured portion and an uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer was formed. Incidentally, the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 21 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was set to 100 for the ultraviolet rays irradiated to Examples 1 to 6 at this time. Furthermore, the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass. The cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
Experimental Example 3: A cured portion present on the lower side (glass plate side) of the coating layer and the upper side of the coating layer in the same manner as in Experimental Example 1 except that an ultraviolet cut filter that blocks a wavelength of 320 nm or less was not used. A cured product layer having an uncured portion existing on the (atmosphere side) was formed. At this time, the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 45 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100. Furthermore, the uncured portion existing on the upper side (atmosphere side) of the coating layer and the other glass plate are bonded in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.), and the accumulated light amount is 2000 mJ / over through the bonded glass. The cured resin layer was cured by irradiating cm 2 ultraviolet rays to obtain a joined body.
Experimental Example 4: Using an applicator, the composition C was applied onto a 100 mm × 100 mm peeled PET film having a thickness of 200 μm, and then covered with a peeled PET film having a thickness of 25 μm. It was. Next, the composition C was cured by irradiating an ultraviolet ray with an accumulated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 using an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D bulb, manufactured by Heraeus Noble Light Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.). A transparent adhesive sheet was obtained. Thereafter, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet was cut into a circle having a diameter of 1 cm, and then the peeled PET film having a thickness of 100 μm was peeled off. Next, the rubber sheet having a mass of 1 kg and a width of 20 mm was reciprocated once so that the transparent adhesive sheet from which the peeled PET film had been peeled was attached to the center of a glass plate having a size of 2 cm wide × 3.5 cm long × 1 mm thick. . Thereafter, the peeled PET film having a thickness of 25 μm is peeled off, and a glass sheet having a width of 2 cm × length of 3.5 cm × thickness of 1 mm is bonded to a transparent adhesive sheet in a cross shape (direction crossing 90 ° C.). Got.
実験例1~4で得られた接合体の一方のガラス板を固定し、もう一方のガラス板を垂直上方向に引き剥がし、剥離後の硬化膜の状態を目視にて確認した。評価結果はいずれも○であった。尚、凝集剥離とは基板と樹脂硬化物の界面ではなく、樹脂硬化物自体が切断されていくことを示し、界面剥離とは基板と樹脂硬化物の界面が剥がれていくことを示す。 One glass plate of the joined body obtained in Experimental Examples 1 to 4 was fixed, the other glass plate was peeled off vertically upward, and the state of the cured film after peeling was visually confirmed. The evaluation results were all good. In addition, cohesive peeling means that the cured resin itself is cut rather than the interface between the substrate and the cured resin product, and interfacial peeling means that the interface between the substrate and the cured resin product is peeled off.
〇:凝集剥離のみ
△:凝集剥離部と界面剥離部が同時に発生した
×:界面剥離のみ
◯: Aggregation peeling only △: Aggregation peeling portion and interface peeling portion occurred simultaneously ×: Interface peeling only
 以上の結果より、本発明の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物および製造方法は、硬化性が良好で、耐白化性が高く、基材に対する接着力が強く、さらに、貼り合わせをする基材に直接塗布した後、紫外線を照射して硬化し、もう一方の基材を貼り合わせた場合においても高い接着力をもつことが分かる。 From the above results, the ultraviolet curable resin composition and the production method of the present invention have good curability, high whitening resistance, strong adhesion to the base material, and are directly applied to the base material to be bonded. Then, it can be seen that it has a high adhesive force even when it is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays and the other substrate is bonded.
 さらに、得られた本発明の実施例1~6を用いて以下評価を行った。 Furthermore, the following evaluation was performed using the obtained Examples 1 to 6 of the present invention.
(硬化収縮率)
 フッ素系離型剤を塗布した厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうち1枚の離型剤塗布面に、組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるよう塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを、それぞれの離型剤塗布面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを剥離し、膜比重測定用の硬化物を作製した。JIS K7112 B法に準拠し、硬化物の比重(DS)を測定した。また、25℃で樹脂組成物の液比重(DL)を測定した。DS及びDLの測定結果から、次式より硬化収縮率を算出したところ、3.0%未満であった。
硬化収縮率(%)=(DS-DL)÷DS×100
(Curing shrinkage)
Two slide glasses having a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the composition was applied to one of the release agent application surfaces so that the film thickness was 200 μm. Thereafter, the two slide glasses were bonded so that the respective release agent application surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating the resin composition with ultraviolet rays having an accumulated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two slide glasses were peeled off to produce a cured product for measuring the film specific gravity. Based on JIS K7112 B method, specific gravity (DS) of hardened | cured material was measured. Moreover, the liquid specific gravity (DL) of the resin composition was measured at 25 degreeC. From the measurement results of DS and DL, the cure shrinkage percentage was calculated from the following formula and was less than 3.0%.
Curing shrinkage (%) = (DS−DL) ÷ DS × 100
(耐熱、耐湿接着性)
 厚さ0.8mmのスライドガラスと厚さ0.8mmのアクリル板を用意し、一方に得られた組成物を膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した後、その塗布面に他方を貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに、高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を該樹脂組成物に照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させ、接着性評価用サンプルを作製した。これを、85℃、85%RH環境下、250時間放置した。その評価用サンプルにおいて、目視にてスライドガラス又はアクリル板の樹脂硬化物からの剥がれを確認したが、剥がれはなかった。
(Heat and moisture resistant adhesion)
A slide glass with a thickness of 0.8 mm and an acrylic plate with a thickness of 0.8 mm were prepared, and after applying the composition obtained on one side so that the film thickness was 200 μm, the other was bonded to the application surface. . Through the glass, the resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light quantity of 2000 mJ / cm 2 with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less), and the resin composition was cured to prepare a sample for evaluating adhesiveness. This was left to stand at 85 ° C. and 85% RH for 250 hours. In the sample for evaluation, peeling of the slide glass or the acrylic plate from the cured resin was visually confirmed, but there was no peeling.
(柔軟性)
 得られた組成物を充分に硬化させ、JIS K7215に準拠する方法により、デュロメータ硬度計(タイプE)を用いてデュロメータE硬さを測定し、柔軟性を評価した。より具体的には、紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を膜厚が1cmとなるように円柱状の型に流し込み、紫外線を照射して該樹脂組成物を十分に硬化させた。得られた硬化物の硬度をデュロメータ硬度計(タイプE)で測定した。その結果、測定値は10未満であり、柔軟性に優れていた。
(Flexibility)
The obtained composition was fully cured, and the durometer E hardness was measured using a durometer hardness meter (type E) by a method based on JIS K7215 to evaluate the flexibility. More specifically, the ultraviolet curable resin composition was poured into a cylindrical mold so that the film thickness was 1 cm, and the resin composition was sufficiently cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays. The hardness of the obtained cured product was measured with a durometer hardness meter (type E). As a result, the measured value was less than 10, and the flexibility was excellent.
(透明性)
 フッ素系離型剤を塗布した厚さ1mmのスライドガラス2枚を用意し、そのうちの1枚の離型剤塗布面に、得られた組成物を硬化後の膜厚が200μmとなるように塗布した。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを、それぞれの離型剤塗布面が互いに向かい合うように貼り合わせた。ガラス越しに高圧水銀灯(80W/cm、オゾンレス)で積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線照射し、該樹脂組成物を硬化させた。その後、2枚のスライドガラスを剥離し、透明性測定用の硬化物を作製した。得られた硬化物の透明性については、分光光度計(U-3310、日立ハイテクノロジーズ(株))を用いて、400~800nm及び400~450nmの波長領域における透過率を測定した。その結果、400~800nmの透過率90%以上であり、かつ、400~450nmの透過率が90%以上であった。
(transparency)
Prepare two glass slides with a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based mold release agent, and apply the resulting composition to one of the mold release agent coating surfaces so that the film thickness after curing is 200 μm. did. Thereafter, the two slide glasses were bonded so that the respective release agent application surfaces face each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light quantity of 2000 mJ / cm 2 through a glass with a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W / cm, ozone-less). Thereafter, the two slide glasses were peeled off to produce a cured product for measuring transparency. Regarding the transparency of the obtained cured product, the transmittance in the wavelength region of 400 to 800 nm and 400 to 450 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3310, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). As a result, the transmittance at 400 to 800 nm was 90% or more, and the transmittance at 400 to 450 nm was 90% or more.
(遮光部下の樹脂の硬化性)
 面積が3.5インチの液晶表示ユニットの表示面及び外周部に遮光部(幅5mm)を有する透明基板上の遮光部が形成されている面に、組成物をそれぞれの基板に膜厚が125μmとなるように塗布した。ついで、得られた塗布層に無電極紫外線ランプ(ヘレウス・ノーブルライト・フュージョン・ユーブイ社製、Dバルブ)を用いて、320nm以下の波長を遮る紫外線カットフィルター越しに、大気側から積算光量100mJ/cmの紫外線照射を行い、硬化部分と大気側に存在する未硬化部分を有する硬化物層を形成した。尚、この時組成物に照射された紫外線は、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度の比率は3であった。
その後、未硬化部分が対向する形で液晶表示ユニットと遮光部を有する透明基板を貼り合せた。最後に、超高圧水銀ランプ(TOSCURE752、ハリソン東芝ライティング社製)で、遮光部を有するガラス基板側から積算光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することにより樹脂硬化物層を硬化させ、光学部材を作製した。得られた光学部材から透明基板を外して遮光部分の樹脂硬化物層をヘプタンで洗い流した後、硬化状態を確認した。未硬化の樹脂組成物が除去された形跡は無く、遮光部の樹脂は十分硬化していた。
(Curability of the resin under the shading part)
The composition is applied to each substrate on the display surface of the liquid crystal display unit having an area of 3.5 inches and the surface on which the light-shielding portion on the transparent substrate having the light-shielding portion (width 5 mm) is formed on the outer periphery. It applied so that it might become. Next, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D-bulb manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion Ubuy Co., Ltd.) was used for the coating layer obtained, and the accumulated light quantity from the atmosphere side was 100 mJ / A cured product layer having a cured portion and an uncured portion existing on the atmosphere side was formed by performing ultraviolet irradiation of cm 2 . At this time, the ratio of the maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm was 3 when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 to 450 nm was 100.
Thereafter, a liquid crystal display unit and a transparent substrate having a light-shielding portion were bonded together with the uncured portions facing each other. Finally, the resin cured product layer is cured by irradiating UV light with an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 from the glass substrate side having the light shielding portion with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp (TOSCURE752, manufactured by Harrison Toshiba Lighting Co., Ltd.). Produced. The transparent substrate was removed from the obtained optical member, and the cured resin layer of the light shielding part was washed away with heptane, and then the cured state was confirmed. There was no evidence that the uncured resin composition was removed, and the resin in the light shielding portion was sufficiently cured.
 本発明を特定の態様を参照して詳細に説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を離れることなく様々な変更および修正が可能であることは、当業者にとって明らかである。
 なお、本願は、2014年6月11日付で出願された日本国特許出願(2014-120621)及び2015年6月5日付で出願された日本国特許出願(2015-114861)に基づいており、その全体が引用により援用される。また、ここに引用されるすべての参照は全体として取り込まれる。
Although the invention has been described in detail with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (2014-120621) filed on June 11, 2014 and a Japanese patent application (2015-114861) filed on June 5, 2015. The whole is incorporated by reference. Also, all references cited herein are incorporated as a whole.
1 液晶表示ユニット、2 遮光部を有する透明基板、3 透明基板、4 遮光部、5 紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物(紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物)、6 未硬化部分を有する硬化物層、7 樹脂硬化物層、8 紫外線
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Liquid crystal display unit, 2 Transparent substrate which has light-shielding part, 3 Transparent substrate, 4 Light-shielding part, 5 Ultraviolet curable resin composition (ultraviolet curable resin composition), 6 Hardened | cured material layer which has an uncured part, 7 Resin hardening Material layer, 8 UV

Claims (17)

  1.  少なくとも2つの光学基材を貼り合わせるために用いる樹脂組成物であって、分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)、柔軟化成分(B)、光重合性オリゴマー(C)、光重合開始剤(E)を含むことを特徴とするタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 A resin composition used for laminating at least two optical substrates, which is a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched C10-30 fatty chain, a softening component (B), An ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel, comprising a photopolymerizable oligomer (C) and a photopolymerization initiator (E).
  2.  分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)が、下記式(10)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (上記式中、RはH又はCH、Rは炭素数10~20個のアルキル基を表す。)
    である請求項1に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
    A monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and a C10-30 fatty chain is represented by the following formula (10):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the above formula, R represents H or CH 3 , and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms.)
    The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to claim 1.
  3.  光重合性オリゴマー(C)が、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリイソプレン又は水添ポリイソプレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート、ポリブタジエン又は水添ポリブタジエン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選択されるいずれか1種以上を含有することを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 The photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is selected from the group consisting of urethane (meth) acrylate, polyisoprene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polyisoprene skeleton, polybutadiene or (meth) acrylate having a hydrogenated polybutadiene skeleton One or more types are contained, The ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens of Claim 1 or 2 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  4.  光重合性オリゴマー(C)が、ポリプロピレン/ポリブタジエン/水添ポリブタジエン/ポリイソプレン/水添ポリイソプレンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種以上の骨格をもつウレタン(メタ)アクリレートであることを特徴とする請求項3に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 The photopolymerizable oligomer (C) is a urethane (meth) acrylate having at least one skeleton selected from the group consisting of polypropylene / polybutadiene / hydrogenated polybutadiene / polyisoprene / hydrogenated polyisoprene. The ultraviolet curable resin composition for touchscreens of Claim 3.
  5.  さらに(A)成分以外の光重合性モノマー(D)を含み、該(D)成分が下記式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、Rは水素原子、又はCHを示し、nは1~3の整数を示す)
    で表されることを特徴とする請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。
    Furthermore, it contains a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A), and the component (D) is represented by the following formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 , and n represents an integer of 1 to 3)
    The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is represented by:
  6.  前記式(1)が4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレートであることを特徴とする請求項5に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 6. The ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to claim 5, wherein the formula (1) is 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.
  7.  柔軟化成分(B)として、ヒドロキシル基含有ポリマー、液状テルペン系樹脂のいずれか一方、又はその両方を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 7. The ultraviolet curable resin for a touch panel according to claim 1, wherein the softening component (B) includes one or both of a hydroxyl group-containing polymer and a liquid terpene resin. Resin composition.
  8.  分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の脂肪鎖を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)を1~30重量%含有する請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 The ultraviolet curable resin for a touch panel according to any one of claims 1 to 7, comprising 1 to 30% by weight of a monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having a branched chain and having a C10 to C30 fatty chain. Composition.
  9.  さらに(A)成分以外の光重合性モノマー(D)を含み、該(D)成分が水酸基を有しない光重合性モノマーを含有する請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 The touch panel ultraviolet ray according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (D) other than the component (A), wherein the component (D) contains a photopolymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group. A curable resin composition.
  10.  分岐鎖を有する炭素数10~30の単官能(メタ)アクリレート(A)として、イソステアリルアクリレートを含有することを特徴とする請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物。 10. The ultraviolet curable type for a touch panel according to claim 1, comprising isostearyl acrylate as the monofunctional (meth) acrylate (A) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms having a branched chain. Resin composition.
  11.  下記工程1~2を有する少なくとも2つの光学基材が貼りあわされた光学部材の製造方法。
    (工程1)少なくとも一つの光学基材に対して、請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載のタッチパネル用紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布して、塗布層を形成し、該塗布層に紫外線を照射することにより硬化物層を有する光学基材を得る工程
    (工程2)工程1で得られた光学基材の硬化物層に対して、他の光学基材を貼り合わせるか、又は、工程1により得られた他の光学基材の硬化物層を貼り合わせる工程
    A method for producing an optical member in which at least two optical substrates having the following steps 1 and 2 are bonded together.
    (Step 1) An ultraviolet curable resin composition for a touch panel according to any one of claims 1 to 10 is applied to at least one optical substrate to form a coating layer, and the coating layer is coated on the coating layer. Step of obtaining an optical substrate having a cured product layer by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (Step 2) The other optical substrate is bonded to the cured product layer of the optical substrate obtained in Step 1, or The process of bonding the hardened | cured material layer of the other optical base material obtained by the process 1
  12.  前記工程1で得られる硬化物層が、光学基材側に存在する硬化部分と、光学基材側と反対側に存在する未硬化部分とを有することを特徴とする請求項11に記載の製造方法。 12. The production according to claim 11, wherein the cured product layer obtained in the step 1 has a cured portion present on the optical substrate side and an uncured portion present on the side opposite to the optical substrate side. Method.
  13.  前記工程1~2の後、さらに下記工程3を有することを特徴とする請求項12に記載の製造方法。
    (工程3)貼り合わされた光学基材における未硬化部分を有する硬化物層に紫外線を照射して、該硬化物層を硬化させる工程。
    The method according to claim 12, further comprising the following step 3 after the steps 1 and 2.
    (Step 3) A step of curing the cured product layer by irradiating the cured product layer having an uncured portion in the bonded optical substrate with ultraviolet rays.
  14.  前記工程1で紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線が、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度が30以下であることを特徴とする請求項12~13のいずれか一項に記載の光学部材の製造方法。 The maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 30 or less when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, which is the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the ultraviolet curable resin composition in the step 1. The method for producing an optical member according to any one of claims 12 to 13.
  15.  前記工程1で紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に照射される紫外線が、320nm~450nmの範囲での最大照度を100とした時、200~320nmの範囲での最大照度が10以下であることを特徴とする請求項12~13のいずれか一項に記載の光学部材の製造方法。 The maximum illuminance in the range of 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is 100, which is the ultraviolet ray applied to the ultraviolet curable resin composition in the step 1. The method for producing an optical member according to any one of claims 12 to 13.
  16.  請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物に活性エネルギー線を照射して得られる硬化物。 A cured product obtained by irradiating the ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10 with active energy rays.
  17.  請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の紫外線硬化型樹脂組成物を用いてなることを特徴とするタッチパネル。  A touch panel comprising the ultraviolet curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
PCT/JP2015/066854 2014-06-11 2015-06-11 Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin WO2015190552A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020167034659A KR20170017914A (en) 2014-06-11 2015-06-11 Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin
CN201580030877.8A CN106459675B (en) 2014-06-11 2015-06-11 Ultraviolet-curable resin composition for touch panel, and bonding method and article using same
JP2016527856A JP6778106B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2015-06-11 Ultraviolet curable resin composition for touch panels, bonding method and articles using it

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014120621 2014-06-11
JP2014-120621 2014-06-11
JP2015-114861 2015-06-05
JP2015114861 2015-06-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015190552A1 true WO2015190552A1 (en) 2015-12-17

Family

ID=54833639

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/066854 WO2015190552A1 (en) 2014-06-11 2015-06-11 Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6778106B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20170017914A (en)
CN (1) CN106459675B (en)
TW (1) TWI638874B (en)
WO (1) WO2015190552A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20170108210A (en) * 2016-03-16 2017-09-27 주식회사 엘지화학 Optically clear adhesive photo curable composition, image display device using the same and method for preparing image display device
CN107722916A (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-23 株式会社有泽制作所 UV curable resin compositions
JP2018090683A (en) * 2016-12-01 2018-06-14 旭硝子株式会社 Curable composition, adhesive layer, adhesive layer-fitted face material, laminated body and image display device
WO2019093157A1 (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-05-16 日本化薬株式会社 Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and method for producing optical member using ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition
WO2019208517A1 (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 日本化薬株式会社 Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and optical member production method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102419776B1 (en) * 2019-03-15 2022-07-11 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Adhesive, manufacturing method of intermediate laminate and intermediate laminate

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005307082A (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-04 Three Bond Co Ltd Photocurable resin composition for hard-to-adhere material
WO2012014682A1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 電気化学工業株式会社 Curable resin composition
WO2013031678A1 (en) * 2011-08-26 2013-03-07 電気化学工業株式会社 Curable resin composition
WO2013146015A1 (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, adhesive sheet, method for producing image display device, and image display device
WO2013161812A1 (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 荒川化学工業株式会社 Ultraviolet light curing adhesive composition and adhesive layer
WO2013187508A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, optical adhesive sheet, image display device, and method for manufacturing image display device
JP2014019737A (en) * 2012-07-13 2014-02-03 Kaneka Corp Active energy ray-curable compositions for fpd lamination with improved adhesion durability
WO2014069134A1 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-08 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, optical adhesive sheet, image display device and production method for same

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5470735B2 (en) 2007-04-10 2014-04-16 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Manufacturing method of image display device
TWI485214B (en) 2008-09-05 2015-05-21 Kyoritsu Chemical Co Ltd And a photohardenable resin composition for bonding an optical functional material
JP5994618B2 (en) * 2012-12-14 2016-09-21 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Photocurable resin composition and method for producing image display device using the same

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005307082A (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-04 Three Bond Co Ltd Photocurable resin composition for hard-to-adhere material
WO2012014682A1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 電気化学工業株式会社 Curable resin composition
WO2013031678A1 (en) * 2011-08-26 2013-03-07 電気化学工業株式会社 Curable resin composition
WO2013146015A1 (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, adhesive sheet, method for producing image display device, and image display device
WO2013161812A1 (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 荒川化学工業株式会社 Ultraviolet light curing adhesive composition and adhesive layer
WO2013187508A1 (en) * 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, optical adhesive sheet, image display device, and method for manufacturing image display device
JP2014019737A (en) * 2012-07-13 2014-02-03 Kaneka Corp Active energy ray-curable compositions for fpd lamination with improved adhesion durability
WO2014069134A1 (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-08 昭和電工株式会社 Polymerizable composition, polymer, optical adhesive sheet, image display device and production method for same

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20170108210A (en) * 2016-03-16 2017-09-27 주식회사 엘지화학 Optically clear adhesive photo curable composition, image display device using the same and method for preparing image display device
KR101988085B1 (en) 2016-03-16 2019-06-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Optically clear adhesive photo curable composition, image display device using the same and method for preparing image display device
CN107722916A (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-23 株式会社有泽制作所 UV curable resin compositions
CN107722916B (en) * 2016-08-10 2021-06-04 株式会社有泽制作所 UV-curable resin composition
JP2018090683A (en) * 2016-12-01 2018-06-14 旭硝子株式会社 Curable composition, adhesive layer, adhesive layer-fitted face material, laminated body and image display device
WO2019093157A1 (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-05-16 日本化薬株式会社 Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and method for producing optical member using ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition
WO2019208517A1 (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 日本化薬株式会社 Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and optical member production method
JPWO2019208517A1 (en) * 2018-04-23 2021-05-20 日本化薬株式会社 A method for manufacturing an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition, a cured product thereof, and an optical member.

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106459675B (en) 2020-04-10
TW201602289A (en) 2016-01-16
CN106459675A (en) 2017-02-22
TWI638874B (en) 2018-10-21
JP6778106B2 (en) 2020-10-28
KR20170017914A (en) 2017-02-15
JPWO2015190552A1 (en) 2017-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015119245A1 (en) Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition for touch panel, optical member production method using same, cured product, and touch panel
KR101542524B1 (en) Ultraviolet ray cured resin composition for producing optical member
JP6620092B2 (en) UV curable resin composition for touch panel, laminating method and article using the same
JP6778106B2 (en) Ultraviolet curable resin composition for touch panels, bonding method and articles using it
JP6722584B2 (en) Ultraviolet curable resin composition for touch panel, bonding method and article using the same
JPWO2019069872A1 (en) UV-curable adhesive composition, a cured product thereof, and a method for manufacturing an optical member using the UV-curable adhesive composition.
WO2015199156A1 (en) Process for producing optical member, and ultraviolet-curable resin composition for use in same
WO2015190560A1 (en) Uv-curable adhesive composition for touch panel, and product
WO2016117526A1 (en) Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device
JP6378184B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical member and ultraviolet curable resin composition used therefor
WO2015190571A1 (en) Uv-curable resin composition for use in touchscreen, and bonding method and article using said uv-curable resin
WO2017073584A1 (en) Ultraviolet curable resin composition for touch panels, cured product using same, and touch panel
JPWO2019093157A1 (en) UV-curable adhesive composition, a cured product thereof, and a method for manufacturing an optical member using the UV-curable adhesive composition.
WO2019016963A1 (en) Ultraviolet curable adhesive, and lamination method and article using same
JP2018012750A (en) Ultraviolet-curable adhesive and lamination method and article using the same
WO2019208517A1 (en) Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and optical member production method
JPWO2018230610A1 (en) UV-curable adhesive composition for touch panel, cured product thereof, and touch panel using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15806569

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016527856

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167034659

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15806569

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1